1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
52 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
53 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
55 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
57 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
58 \use_default_options false
63 \font_typewriter default
64 \font_default_family default
72 \default_output_format default
73 \bibtex_command default
74 \index_command default
78 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
79 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
83 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
84 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
85 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
90 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
91 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
99 \paperorientation portrait
110 \paragraph_separation indent
112 \quotes_language english
115 \paperpagestyle default
116 \tracking_changes false
117 \output_changes false
133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
135 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
137 \begin_inset CommandInset href
139 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
150 \begin_inset Newline newline
154 \begin_inset Newline newline
158 \begin_inset Note Note
161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
162 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
163 \begin_inset Newline newline
168 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
176 \begin_layout Standard
177 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
178 LatexCommand tableofcontents
185 \begin_layout Chapter
189 \begin_layout Section
193 \begin_layout Standard
194 LyX is a document preparation system.
195 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
196 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
197 It is unlike most other
198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
207 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
220 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
223 pt type, left justified, 5
224 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
232 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
236 \begin_layout Standard
237 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
250 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
254 \begin_layout Standard
256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
267 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
268 the format of all of the manuals.
269 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
270 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
287 \begin_layout Section
291 \begin_layout Standard
292 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
294 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
295 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
299 \begin_layout Standard
300 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
301 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
302 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
304 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
305 only a vertical scrollbar.
306 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
307 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
308 This, however, is due
309 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
310 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
311 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
312 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
314 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
315 this doesn't work for equations yet.
318 \begin_layout Standard
319 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
325 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
327 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
332 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
333 ing sections of this documentation.
336 \begin_layout Section
340 \begin_layout Standard
341 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
346 of the manuals from inside LyX.
347 Just select the manual you want read from the
354 \begin_layout Section
356 \begin_inset CommandInset label
358 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
365 \begin_layout Standard
366 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
367 without resorting to configuration files.
368 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
369 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
370 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
375 \begin_inset Index idx
378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
385 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
386 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
387 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
391 \begin_inset space \space{}
394 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
395 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
397 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
401 \begin_inset Index idx
404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
405 Reconfiguration of LyX
410 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
413 \begin_layout Section
415 \begin_inset CommandInset label
417 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
424 \begin_layout Standard
425 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
426 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
449 that will be created when using the menu
451 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
470 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
471 \begin_inset Note Note
474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
475 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
483 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
484 More about TeX Code is described in section
489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
491 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
495 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
502 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
512 \begin_inset Index idx
515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
516 Reconfiguration of LyX
524 \begin_layout Chapter
528 \begin_layout Section
529 Basic File Operations
530 \begin_inset Index idx
533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
542 \begin_layout Standard
547 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
548 in addition to some more advanced operations:
551 \begin_layout Itemize
555 \begin_inset Graphics
556 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
557 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
564 \begin_layout Itemize
582 \begin_layout Itemize
588 \begin_inset Graphics
589 filename ../images/file-open.png
590 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
597 \begin_layout Itemize
603 \begin_layout Itemize
609 \begin_inset Graphics
610 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
611 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
618 \begin_layout Itemize
628 \begin_layout Itemize
642 \begin_layout Itemize
652 \begin_layout Itemize
658 \begin_layout Itemize
664 \begin_layout Itemize
670 \begin_inset Graphics
671 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
672 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
679 \begin_layout Itemize
685 \begin_layout Standard
686 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
687 a few minor differences.
690 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
705 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
706 you for a template to use.
707 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
708 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
709 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
717 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
724 \begin_layout Standard
726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
749 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
750 space is just that — a big, blank space.
753 \begin_layout Standard
774 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
779 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
804 will reload the document from disk.
805 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
806 and want to restore it to the last save.
815 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
816 can identify them as your changes.
819 \begin_layout Section
820 Basic Editing Features
821 \begin_inset Index idx
824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
831 \begin_inset CommandInset label
833 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
840 \begin_layout Standard
841 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
842 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
843 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
844 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
846 We'll start with cut and paste.
849 \begin_layout Standard
850 As you might expect, the
854 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
855 various other editing features.
856 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
860 \begin_layout Itemize
866 \begin_inset Graphics
867 filename ../images/cut.png
868 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
875 \begin_layout Itemize
881 \begin_inset Graphics
882 filename ../images/copy.png
883 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
890 \begin_layout Itemize
896 \begin_inset Graphics
897 filename ../images/paste.png
898 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
905 \begin_layout Itemize
915 \begin_layout Itemize
925 \begin_layout Itemize
939 \begin_inset Graphics
940 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
941 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
949 \begin_layout Standard
950 The first three are self-explanatory.
951 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
952 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
961 keys also functions as the
966 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
967 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
972 to get back the lost text.
975 \begin_layout Standard
976 \begin_inset Index idx
979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
985 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
994 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
997 \begin_layout Standard
1000 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1002 \begin_inset space ~
1005 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1007 \begin_inset space ~
1011 \begin_inset space ~
1016 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1022 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1026 \begin_inset space ~
1031 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1032 will start a new paragraph.
1035 \begin_layout Standard
1036 \begin_inset Index idx
1039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1046 \begin_inset Index idx
1049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1057 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1059 \begin_inset space ~
1063 \begin_inset space ~
1071 \begin_inset space ~
1075 \begin_inset space ~
1081 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1086 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1089 \begin_inset space ~
1098 \begin_inset space ~
1103 button to skip the current word.
1107 \begin_inset space ~
1112 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1116 \begin_inset space ~
1121 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1123 If the toggle is set, searching for
1124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1135 will not match the word
1136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1150 Match whole words only
1152 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1153 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1183 \begin_layout Standard
1184 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1185 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1187 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1192 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1199 \begin_layout Section
1201 \begin_inset Index idx
1204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1211 \begin_inset Index idx
1214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1221 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1223 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1230 \begin_layout Standard
1231 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1232 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1235 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1238 or the toolbar button
1239 \begin_inset Graphics
1240 filename ../images/undo.png
1241 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1245 to undo some mistake.
1246 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1248 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1251 or the toolbar button
1252 \begin_inset Graphics
1253 filename ../images/redo.png
1254 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1266 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1267 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1270 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1273 \begin_layout Standard
1274 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1283 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1284 This is a consequence of the 100
1285 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1288 step undo limit, above.
1291 \begin_layout Standard
1300 work on almost everything in LyX.
1301 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1305 \begin_layout Section
1307 \begin_inset Index idx
1310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1319 \begin_layout Standard
1320 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1323 \begin_layout Enumerate
1328 \begin_layout Itemize
1333 once anywhere in the edit window.
1334 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1338 \begin_layout Enumerate
1343 \begin_layout Itemize
1349 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1352 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1355 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1358 \begin_layout Itemize
1359 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1361 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1368 \begin_layout Enumerate
1369 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1373 \begin_layout Standard
1374 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1375 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1379 \begin_layout Enumerate
1384 \begin_layout Standard
1389 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1394 \begin_layout Section
1396 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1398 name "sec:Navigating"
1403 \begin_inset Index idx
1406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1415 \begin_layout Standard
1416 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1419 \begin_layout Itemize
1424 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1425 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1428 \begin_layout Itemize
1431 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1434 or the toolbar button
1435 \begin_inset Graphics
1436 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1437 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1444 \begin_layout Standard
1445 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1446 (TOC) that is described in section
1447 \begin_inset space ~
1451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1453 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1458 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1459 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1460 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1461 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1462 to the document, see section
1463 \begin_inset space ~
1467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1469 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1478 option sorts the current list, and the
1482 option keeps it in the current view state.
1483 Keeping means that when you have e.
1484 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1488 \begin_inset space \space{}
1491 the subsections of section
1492 \begin_inset space ~
1495 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1496 \begin_inset space ~
1499 3, the subsections of section
1500 \begin_inset space ~
1503 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1508 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1509 \begin_inset space ~
1515 \begin_layout Standard
1517 \begin_inset space \space{}
1521 \begin_inset Graphics
1522 filename ../images/down.png
1523 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1528 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1533 \begin_inset space \space{}
1537 \begin_inset Graphics
1538 filename ../images/up.png
1539 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1544 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1548 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1550 So you can for example move section
1551 \begin_inset space ~
1555 \begin_inset space ~
1559 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1561 \begin_inset Graphics
1562 filename ../images/promote.png
1563 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1568 \begin_inset Graphics
1569 filename ../images/demote.png
1570 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1574 or the corresponding key bindings
1582 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1583 So you can for example make section
1584 \begin_inset space ~
1588 \begin_inset space ~
1592 \begin_inset space ~
1598 \begin_layout Standard
1600 \begin_inset Graphics
1601 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1602 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
1607 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1608 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1609 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1610 go back to your last editing position.
1613 \begin_layout Section
1615 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1619 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1623 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1625 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1630 \begin_inset Index idx
1633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1640 \begin_inset Index idx
1643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1674 \begin_layout Standard
1675 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1677 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1678 is used to propose completions.
1681 \begin_layout Standard
1682 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1683 there are completions available.
1684 You can then press the
1688 key to use this completion.
1689 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1690 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1691 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1698 \begin_layout Standard
1699 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1701 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1704 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1706 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1709 by deselecting the option
1716 Automatic inline completion
1718 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1719 To accept this proposal, use the
1728 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1729 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1731 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1737 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1744 \begin_layout Section
1746 \begin_inset Index idx
1749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1756 \begin_inset Index idx
1759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1788 \begin_inset Index idx
1791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1822 \begin_layout Standard
1823 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1824 LyX's default is CUA.
1827 \begin_layout Standard
1831 \begin_inset space ~
1839 \begin_inset space ~
1860 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1864 \begin_layout Labeling
1865 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1869 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1870 LatexCommand nomenclature
1872 description "Tabulator key"
1878 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1879 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1880 \begin_inset space ~
1884 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1886 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1893 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1897 , especially section
1898 \begin_inset space ~
1902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1904 reference "sub:Lists"
1910 If you're still confused, look in the
1917 \begin_layout Labeling
1918 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1922 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1923 LatexCommand nomenclature
1925 description "Escape key"
1932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1939 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1940 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1943 \begin_layout Labeling
1944 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1950 \begin_inset space ~
1954 \begin_inset space ~
1961 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1962 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1966 \begin_layout Standard
1967 There are three modifier keys:
1970 \begin_layout Labeling
1971 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1989 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1990 LatexCommand nomenclature
1992 description "Control key"
1996 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1997 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2001 \begin_layout Itemize
2010 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2013 \begin_layout Itemize
2022 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2025 \begin_layout Itemize
2034 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2038 \begin_layout Labeling
2039 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2057 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2058 LatexCommand nomenclature
2060 description "Shift key"
2064 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2065 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2068 \begin_layout Labeling
2069 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2087 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2088 LatexCommand nomenclature
2090 description "Alt or Meta key"
2094 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2095 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2096 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2102 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2104 menu accelerator keys
2107 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2108 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2112 \begin_layout Standard
2113 For example, the sequence
2114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2120 \begin_inset space ~
2124 \begin_inset space ~
2130 \begin_inset space ~
2138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2157 \begin_inset space ~
2163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2173 \begin_layout Standard
2178 manual lists all other things bound to the
2186 \begin_layout Standard
2187 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2188 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2189 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2190 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2191 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2192 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2193 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2194 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2210 followed by a capital
2217 \begin_layout Standard
2218 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2220 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2225 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2228 as explained in sec.
2229 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2235 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2242 \begin_layout Chapter
2244 \begin_inset Index idx
2247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2256 \begin_layout Section
2258 \begin_inset Index idx
2261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2270 \begin_layout Subsection
2274 \begin_layout Standard
2275 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2276 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2277 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2278 numbering schemes, and so on.
2279 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2280 and format the title of your document differently.
2283 \begin_layout Standard
2288 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2289 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2290 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2291 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2292 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2295 \begin_layout Standard
2296 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2297 how to adjust their properties.
2300 \begin_layout Subsection
2302 \begin_inset Index idx
2305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2312 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2314 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2321 \begin_layout Standard
2322 You can select a class using the
2324 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2326 \begin_inset Index idx
2329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2338 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2342 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2346 \begin_layout Standard
2347 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2351 \begin_layout Description
2352 Article for basic articles
2355 \begin_layout Description
2356 Report for basic reports
2359 \begin_layout Description
2360 Book for writing a book
2363 \begin_layout Description
2364 Letter for US-style letters
2367 \begin_layout Standard
2368 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2370 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2371 can be found in chapter
2373 Special Document Classes
2382 \begin_layout Description
2383 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2386 \begin_layout Description
2393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2402 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2406 \begin_layout Description
2407 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2408 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2409 There are three article layouts available.
2410 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2411 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2412 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2413 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2418 sequential numbering
2419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2422 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2423 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2424 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2425 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2428 \begin_layout Description
2429 Beamer Layout for presentations
2432 \begin_layout Description
2433 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2434 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2438 \begin_layout Description
2440 \begin_inset space ~
2443 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2446 \begin_layout Description
2447 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2450 \begin_layout Description
2453 Die TeXnische Komödie
2455 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2458 \begin_layout Description
2459 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2462 \begin_layout Description
2463 Foils Used to make transparencies
2466 \begin_layout Description
2467 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2470 \begin_layout Description
2471 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2472 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2476 \begin_layout Description
2477 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2478 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2481 \begin_layout Description
2482 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2485 \begin_layout Description
2486 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2489 \begin_layout Description
2490 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2491 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2494 \begin_layout Description
2495 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2498 \begin_layout Description
2503 LaTeX document class
2506 \begin_layout Description
2507 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2510 \begin_layout Description
2515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2522 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2523 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2525 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2528 \begin_layout Description
2529 Slides Used to make transparencies
2532 \begin_layout Description
2534 \begin_inset space ~
2537 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2538 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2541 \begin_layout Description
2542 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2545 \begin_layout Description
2550 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2553 \begin_layout Standard
2554 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2556 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2561 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2562 of the document classes.
2565 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2567 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2574 \begin_inset Index idx
2577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2586 \begin_layout Standard
2587 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2588 in the chosen document class.
2589 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2591 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2592 the corresponding module in the
2598 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2602 \begin_inset Index idx
2605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2612 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2616 \begin_layout Standard
2617 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2625 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2626 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2634 \begin_layout Standard
2635 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2643 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2651 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2655 \begin_layout Standard
2656 Each class has a default set of options.
2657 Here's a quick table describing them:
2660 \begin_layout Standard
2661 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2667 \begin_layout Standard
2669 \begin_inset Tabular
2670 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2671 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2672 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2673 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2674 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2675 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2676 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3130 \begin_layout Standard
3131 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3137 \begin_layout Standard
3138 You're probably also wondering what
3139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3143 \begin_inset space ~
3147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3151 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3152 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3157 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3162 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3172 headings, there are also
3180 headings, and so on.
3181 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3182 \begin_inset space ~
3186 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3188 reference "sub:Headings"
3195 \begin_layout Subsection
3197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3199 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3204 \begin_inset Index idx
3207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3216 \begin_inset Index idx
3219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3228 \begin_layout Standard
3229 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3231 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3242 \begin_inset space ~
3247 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3249 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3250 to use for your document.
3251 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3255 \begin_layout Standard
3262 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3268 \begin_inset space ~
3273 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3274 You can choose between the following five options:
3277 \begin_layout Labeling
3278 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3283 Use default page style of current class.
3286 \begin_layout Labeling
3287 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3292 No page numbers or headings.
3295 \begin_layout Labeling
3296 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3304 \begin_layout Labeling
3305 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3310 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3311 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3312 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3315 \begin_layout Labeling
3316 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3321 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3327 \begin_inset Index idx
3330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3331 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3337 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3338 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3340 See the Additional Features manual for more information, or check the documenta
3346 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3355 \begin_layout Standard
3360 of paragraphs is described in section
3361 \begin_inset space ~
3365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3367 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3374 \begin_layout Subsection
3375 Paper Size and Orientation
3376 \begin_inset Index idx
3379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3380 Document ! Paper size
3386 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3388 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3395 \begin_layout Standard
3396 You'll find the following options in the menu
3399 \begin_inset space ~
3404 of the dialog of the
3406 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3412 \begin_inset Index idx
3415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3424 \begin_layout Labeling
3425 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3429 \begin_inset space ~
3434 What size paper to print on.
3438 \begin_layout Itemize
3444 \begin_layout Itemize
3454 \begin_layout Itemize
3460 \begin_layout Itemize
3466 \begin_layout Itemize
3472 \begin_layout Itemize
3478 \begin_layout Itemize
3484 \begin_layout Labeling
3485 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3490 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3501 \begin_layout Labeling
3502 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3506 \begin_inset space ~
3511 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3512 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3515 \begin_layout Subsection
3517 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3524 \begin_inset Index idx
3527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3534 \begin_inset Index idx
3537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3546 \begin_layout Standard
3547 Paper margins are set in the menu
3549 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3553 \begin_inset Index idx
3556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3565 \begin_layout Standard
3566 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3567 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3568 the paper format and the font size into account.
3571 \begin_layout Subsection
3575 \begin_layout Standard
3576 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3581 That includes the paragraph environments.
3582 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3583 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3584 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3585 paragraph environments to
3589 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3590 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3591 the conversion and why it failed.
3594 \begin_layout Section
3595 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3596 \begin_inset Index idx
3599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3600 Paragraph ! Indentation
3608 \begin_layout Subsection
3610 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3612 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3619 \begin_layout Standard
3620 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3621 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3624 \begin_layout Standard
3625 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3626 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3627 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3628 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3632 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3638 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3639 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3640 language than English.
3641 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3644 \begin_layout Standard
3645 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3646 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3648 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3649 LyX takes care of that.
3650 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3652 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3653 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3654 of a page, and so on.
3658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3659 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3664 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3665 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3669 of these pre-coded spacings.
3670 We'll explain more later.
3673 \begin_layout Subsection
3674 Paragraph Separation
3675 \begin_inset Index idx
3678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3679 Paragraph ! Separation
3687 \begin_layout Standard
3688 To separate paragraphs, select
3699 \begin_inset space ~
3706 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3710 \begin_inset Index idx
3713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3719 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3720 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3721 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3724 \begin_layout Standard
3734 \begin_layout Standard
3735 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3736 \begin_inset space ~
3740 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3742 reference "cap:Units"
3747 The default length is 30
3748 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3754 \begin_layout Subsection
3758 \begin_layout Standard
3759 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3762 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3764 \begin_inset space ~
3769 dialog and toggle the
3772 \begin_inset space ~
3777 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3780 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3784 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3785 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3789 \begin_layout Standard
3790 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3791 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3794 \begin_layout Subsection
3796 \begin_inset Index idx
3799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3800 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3808 \begin_layout Standard
3811 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3815 \begin_inset Index idx
3818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3827 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3830 \begin_inset space ~
3839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3840 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3845 \begin_inset Index idx
3848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3849 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3854 installed to use this feature.
3862 \begin_layout Section
3863 Paragraph Environments
3864 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3866 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3871 \begin_inset Index idx
3874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3875 Paragraph ! Environments
3881 \begin_inset Index idx
3884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3885 Paragraph environments|(
3893 \begin_layout Subsection
3897 \begin_layout Standard
3898 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3901 \begin_layout Standard
3920 \begin_inset Newline newline
3923 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3924 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3925 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3934 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3937 \begin_layout Standard
3938 A paragraph environment is simply a
3939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3946 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3947 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3948 scheme, labels, and so on.
3949 Additionally, you can
3950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3957 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3958 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3959 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3960 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3961 days of typewriters.
3962 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3964 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3967 \begin_layout Standard
3968 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3969 \begin_inset Graphics
3970 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3976 at the left end of the toolbar.
3977 LyX will change the environment of the
3981 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3982 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3983 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3987 \begin_layout Standard
3996 create a new paragraph using the
4000 paragraph environment.
4002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4009 because if you are in one of these environments:
4012 \begin_layout Itemize
4018 \begin_layout Itemize
4024 \begin_layout Itemize
4030 \begin_layout Itemize
4036 \begin_layout Itemize
4042 \begin_layout Itemize
4048 \begin_layout Itemize
4054 \begin_layout Standard
4055 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4059 , rather than resetting it to
4064 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4065 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4066 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4067 \begin_inset space ~
4071 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4073 reference "sec:Nesting"
4078 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4083 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4084 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4088 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4094 \begin_layout Subsection
4098 \begin_layout Standard
4099 The default paragraph environment is
4104 It creates a plain paragraph.
4105 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4106 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4107 this manual) are in the
4114 \begin_layout Standard
4115 You can nest a paragraph using the
4119 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4127 \begin_layout Subsection
4129 \begin_inset Index idx
4132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4141 \begin_layout Standard
4142 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4151 for thanks or contact information.
4152 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4153 page along with today's date.
4154 For other types of documents, the title
4155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4162 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4166 \begin_layout Standard
4167 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4181 Here's how you use them:
4184 \begin_layout Itemize
4185 Put the title of your document in the
4192 \begin_layout Itemize
4193 Put the author name in the
4200 \begin_layout Itemize
4201 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4202 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4208 Note that using this environment is optional.
4209 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4210 If you don't want any date, add the line
4211 \begin_inset Newline newline
4221 \begin_inset Newline newline
4224 to the preamble of your document (menu
4226 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4232 \begin_layout Standard
4233 You can use footnotes to insert
4234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4241 or contact information.
4244 \begin_layout Subsection
4246 \begin_inset Index idx
4249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4256 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4265 \begin_layout Standard
4266 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4267 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4270 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4272 \begin_inset Index idx
4275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4276 Section headings ! Numbered
4284 \begin_layout Standard
4285 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4289 \begin_layout Enumerate
4295 \begin_layout Enumerate
4301 \begin_layout Enumerate
4307 \begin_layout Enumerate
4313 \begin_layout Enumerate
4319 \begin_layout Enumerate
4325 \begin_layout Enumerate
4331 \begin_layout Standard
4332 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4333 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4334 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4337 \begin_layout Standard
4338 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4339 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4340 You group the book into chapters.
4341 LyX does similar grouping:
4344 \begin_layout Itemize
4349 is divided in either
4360 \begin_layout Itemize
4372 \begin_layout Itemize
4384 \begin_layout Itemize
4394 \begin_layout Itemize
4406 \begin_layout Itemize
4416 \begin_layout Standard
4417 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4425 Not all document types use the
4429 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4434 is the top-level heading.
4442 \begin_layout Standard
4447 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4448 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4450 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4462 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4464 \begin_inset Index idx
4467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4468 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4476 \begin_layout Standard
4477 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4481 \begin_layout Enumerate
4487 \begin_layout Enumerate
4493 \begin_layout Enumerate
4499 \begin_layout Enumerate
4505 \begin_layout Enumerate
4511 \begin_layout Standard
4513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4520 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4521 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4522 table of contents, see section
4523 \begin_inset space ~
4527 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4536 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4537 Changing the Numbering
4538 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4540 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4547 \begin_layout Standard
4548 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4549 in the Table of Contents.
4550 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4552 Certain classes start with
4566 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4576 This is something you can change.
4579 \begin_layout Standard
4582 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4588 \begin_inset Index idx
4591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4602 \begin_inset space ~
4606 \begin_inset space ~
4611 you'll see two counters.
4616 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4618 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4622 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4623 Short Titles of Headings
4624 \begin_inset Index idx
4627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4628 Section headings ! Short titles
4637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4644 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4646 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4653 \begin_layout Standard
4654 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4655 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4656 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4657 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4660 \begin_layout Standard
4661 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4662 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4663 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4664 To specify a short title, use the menu
4666 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4668 \begin_inset space ~
4674 This will insert a box labeled
4675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4690 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4691 This also works for captions inside floats.
4694 \begin_layout Standard
4695 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4698 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4702 \begin_layout Standard
4703 The following information applies to all section headings:
4706 \begin_layout Itemize
4707 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4710 \begin_layout Itemize
4711 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4714 \begin_layout Itemize
4715 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4718 \begin_layout Itemize
4719 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4722 \begin_layout Subsection
4723 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4726 \begin_layout Standard
4727 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4741 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4742 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4743 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4744 the text they contain.
4745 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4753 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4756 \begin_layout Standard
4757 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4766 when you start a new paragraph.
4767 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4771 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4772 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4773 to change back to the
4777 environment yourself.
4780 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4790 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4797 \begin_inset Index idx
4800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4809 \begin_layout Standard
4810 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4811 time for the differences.
4820 are identical except for one difference:
4824 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4833 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4836 \begin_layout Standard
4837 Here's an example of the
4850 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4852 See – no indentation!
4856 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4857 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4858 the other paragraph.
4861 \begin_layout Standard
4862 Here's another example, this time in the
4869 \begin_layout Quotation
4875 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4876 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4877 the first line, then
4881 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4885 you were quoting other text.
4888 \begin_layout Quotation
4889 Here's a new paragraph.
4890 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4891 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4894 \begin_layout Standard
4895 As the examples show,
4899 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4900 They should put quotes in the
4905 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4909 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4912 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4918 \begin_inset Index idx
4921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4930 \begin_inset Index idx
4933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4940 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4949 \begin_layout Standard
4954 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4960 \begin_inset Newline newline
4963 Which I did not rehearse!
4967 It could be much worse.
4968 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4970 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4971 indented a bit more than the first.
4972 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4978 \begin_inset Newline newline
4981 And make things look fine
4982 \begin_inset Newline newline
4988 arg "newline-insert newline"
4994 \begin_layout Standard
4999 does not indent both margins.
5000 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5001 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5008 arg "newline-insert newline"
5014 \begin_layout Subsection
5016 \begin_inset Index idx
5019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5026 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5035 \begin_layout Standard
5036 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5046 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5055 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5056 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5057 some general features of all four of them.
5060 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5064 \begin_layout Standard
5065 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5067 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5076 reset the environment to
5080 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5081 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5082 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5086 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5089 to break paragraphs.
5092 \begin_layout Standard
5093 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5094 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5096 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5097 you read all of section
5098 \begin_inset space ~
5102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5104 reference "sec:Nesting"
5112 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5118 \begin_inset Index idx
5121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5128 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5137 \begin_layout Standard
5138 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5142 paragraph environment.
5143 It has the following properties:
5146 \begin_layout Itemize
5147 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5151 \begin_layout Itemize
5152 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5155 \begin_layout Itemize
5156 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5160 \begin_layout Itemize
5161 The items can have any length.
5162 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5163 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5170 \begin_layout Itemize
5175 environment inside another
5179 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5183 \begin_layout Itemize
5184 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5187 \begin_layout Itemize
5188 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5191 \begin_layout Itemize
5193 \begin_inset space ~
5197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5199 reference "sec:Nesting"
5203 for a full explanation of nesting.
5207 \begin_layout Standard
5208 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5217 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5220 \begin_layout Standard
5221 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5222 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5223 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
5226 \begin_layout Itemize
5227 The label for the first level
5231 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5235 \begin_layout Itemize
5236 The label for the second level is a dash.
5240 \begin_layout Itemize
5241 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5245 \begin_layout Itemize
5246 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5250 \begin_layout Itemize
5251 Back out to the third level.
5255 \begin_layout Itemize
5256 Back to the second level.
5260 \begin_layout Itemize
5261 Back to the outermost level.
5264 \begin_layout Standard
5265 These are the default labels for an
5270 You can customize these labels in the
5272 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5275 dialog in the submenu
5282 \begin_inset Index idx
5285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5294 \begin_layout Standard
5295 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5296 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5298 \begin_inset space ~
5302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5304 reference "sec:Nesting"
5311 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5317 \begin_inset Index idx
5320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5329 name "sec:Enumerate"
5336 \begin_layout Standard
5341 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5342 It has these properties:
5345 \begin_layout Enumerate
5346 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5350 \begin_layout Enumerate
5351 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5355 \begin_layout Enumerate
5356 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5359 \begin_layout Enumerate
5364 environment resets the counter to one.
5367 \begin_layout Enumerate
5380 \begin_layout Enumerate
5381 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5382 Items can have any length.
5385 \begin_layout Enumerate
5386 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5389 \begin_layout Enumerate
5390 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5393 \begin_layout Enumerate
5394 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5398 \begin_layout Standard
5407 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5408 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5415 \begin_layout Enumerate
5416 The first level of an
5420 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5424 \begin_layout Enumerate
5425 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5429 \begin_layout Enumerate
5430 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5434 \begin_layout Enumerate
5435 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5438 \begin_layout Enumerate
5439 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5444 \begin_layout Enumerate
5445 Back to the third level
5449 \begin_layout Enumerate
5450 Back to the second level.
5454 \begin_layout Enumerate
5455 Back to the outermost level.
5458 \begin_layout Standard
5459 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5464 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5469 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5473 \begin_layout Standard
5474 There is more to nesting
5478 environments than we've stated here.
5479 You should read section
5480 \begin_inset space ~
5484 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5486 reference "sec:Nesting"
5490 to learn more about nesting.
5493 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5499 \begin_inset Index idx
5502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5511 \begin_layout Standard
5512 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5516 list has no fixed label.
5517 Instead, LyX uses the first
5518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5525 of the first line as the label.
5529 \begin_layout Description
5530 Example: This is an example of the
5537 \begin_layout Standard
5538 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5542 \begin_layout Standard
5544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5551 it is meant that the first hit of the
5555 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5557 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5565 arg "space-insert protected"
5570 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5571 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5573 \begin_inset space ~
5579 \begin_inset space ~
5583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5585 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5589 for more info.) Here is an example:
5592 \begin_layout Description
5594 \begin_inset space ~
5597 Example: This one shows how to use a
5600 \begin_inset space ~
5612 \begin_layout Description
5613 Usage: You should use the
5617 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5618 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5620 It's not a good idea to use a
5624 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5625 You're better off using
5637 paragraphs into them.
5640 \begin_layout Description
5641 Nesting: You can nest
5645 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5649 \begin_layout Standard
5650 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5651 them from the first line.
5654 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5660 \begin_inset Index idx
5663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5672 \begin_layout Standard
5677 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5680 \begin_layout Standard
5681 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5689 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5694 environment is named
5706 \begin_layout Standard
5715 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5716 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5719 \begin_layout Labeling
5720 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5722 \begin_inset space ~
5725 labels LyX uses the first
5726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5733 of each line as the item label.
5738 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5739 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5740 blank as described above.
5743 \begin_layout Labeling
5744 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5745 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5746 the body of the item text.
5747 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5748 label width plus a little extra space.
5752 \begin_layout Labeling
5753 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5755 \begin_inset space ~
5758 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5760 If the label width is larger, the label
5761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5768 into the first line.
5769 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5770 margin of the rest of the item text.
5773 \begin_layout Labeling
5774 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5776 \begin_inset space ~
5779 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5784 environment have the same left margin.
5785 \begin_inset Newline newline
5788 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5791 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5793 \begin_inset space ~
5802 \begin_inset space ~
5807 determines the default label width.
5808 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5817 multiple times instead.
5818 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5827 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5830 \begin_inset space ~
5835 every time you alter a label in a
5840 \begin_inset Newline newline
5843 The predefined default width is the length of
5844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5853 \begin_inset Newline newline
5857 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5865 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5866 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5874 \begin_layout Standard
5879 environment the same way like the
5883 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5889 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5893 \begin_layout Standard
5898 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5900 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5902 \begin_inset space ~
5906 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5908 reference "sec:Nesting"
5912 to learn about nesting.
5915 \begin_layout Standard
5916 There is yet another feature of the
5920 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5922 You can use additional
5926 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5931 are documented in section
5932 \begin_inset space ~
5936 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5938 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5943 Here are some examples:
5944 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
5950 \begin_layout Labeling
5951 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5952 Left The default for
5959 \begin_layout Labeling
5960 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5961 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5968 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5971 \begin_layout Labeling
5972 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5973 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5977 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5984 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5987 \begin_layout Subsection
5989 \begin_inset Index idx
5992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6001 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6009 \begin_inset space ~
6017 \begin_layout Standard
6018 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6026 \begin_inset space ~
6032 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6033 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6034 In contrast, you can use the
6041 \begin_inset space ~
6046 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6047 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6051 \begin_layout Standard
6052 Of course, you're not limited to using
6059 \begin_inset space ~
6068 \begin_inset space ~
6073 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6074 some European academic papers.
6077 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6079 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6081 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6088 \begin_layout Standard
6093 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6094 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6098 \begin_inset space ~
6103 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6104 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6105 Here's an example of each:
6108 \begin_layout Right Address
6110 \begin_inset Newline newline
6114 \begin_inset Newline newline
6118 \begin_inset Newline newline
6121 When is it? What is today?
6124 \begin_layout Standard
6128 \begin_inset space ~
6134 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6135 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6136 Here's an example of the
6143 \begin_layout Address
6145 \begin_inset Newline newline
6148 Where do I send this
6149 \begin_inset Newline newline
6152 Your post office and country
6155 \begin_layout Standard
6156 As you can see, both
6163 \begin_inset space ~
6168 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6173 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6179 This makes sense, since
6187 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6188 Thus, you have to use
6195 arg "newline-insert newline"
6201 \begin_inset space ~
6204 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6206 \begin_inset space ~
6215 menu) to start a new line in an
6222 \begin_inset space ~
6230 \begin_layout Subsection
6234 \begin_layout Standard
6235 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6236 or list of references.
6237 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6240 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6244 \begin_inset Index idx
6247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6256 \begin_layout Standard
6261 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6262 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6263 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6264 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6268 in anything else or vice versa.
6274 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6275 The book document classes ignores the
6279 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6283 in a letter document class.
6286 \begin_layout Standard
6291 environment does several things for you.
6292 First, it puts the centered label
6293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6301 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6303 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6304 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6305 the subsequent text.
6306 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6307 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6310 \begin_layout Standard
6311 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6315 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6316 The new paragraph will still be in the
6321 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6322 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6325 \begin_layout Standard
6326 \begin_inset Float figure
6331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6333 \begin_inset Graphics
6334 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6342 \begin_inset Caption
6344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6345 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6347 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6368 \begin_layout Standard
6369 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6373 environment, but since this document is in the
6374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6381 class, we can't do this.
6382 We inserted it therefore as figure
6383 \begin_inset space ~
6387 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6389 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6394 If you've never heard of an
6395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6402 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6405 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6411 \begin_inset Index idx
6414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6421 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6423 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6430 \begin_layout Standard
6435 environment is used to list references.
6436 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6437 only use it at the end of the document.
6442 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6445 \begin_layout Standard
6446 When you first open a
6450 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6466 depending on the document class.
6467 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6468 Each paragraph of the
6472 environment is a bibliography entry.
6477 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6478 Each new paragraph is still in the
6485 \begin_layout Standard
6486 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6487 by using a BibTeX database.
6488 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6489 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6490 \begin_inset space ~
6494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6496 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6503 \begin_layout Subsection
6507 \begin_inset Index idx
6510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6511 Paragraph ! LyX code
6517 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6526 \begin_layout Standard
6531 environment is another LyX extension.
6532 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6537 key as a fixed whitespace;
6541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6553 \begin_inset space ~
6558 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6563 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6564 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6567 arg "newline-insert newline"
6584 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6585 So, when you finish using the
6589 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6590 Also, you can nest the
6594 environment inside of others.
6597 \begin_layout Standard
6598 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6601 \begin_layout Itemize
6605 arg "newline-insert newline"
6608 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6609 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6613 \begin_inset space \space{}
6623 arg "newline-insert newline"
6629 \begin_layout Itemize
6633 arg "newline-insert newline"
6644 \begin_layout Itemize
6649 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6656 \begin_layout Itemize
6660 arg "space-insert protected"
6667 \begin_layout Itemize
6668 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6669 You must put at least one
6673 in any line you want blank.
6674 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6677 \begin_layout Itemize
6678 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6682 since that will insert
6687 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6690 arg "self-insert \""
6696 \begin_layout Standard
6700 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6704 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6708 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6712 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6716 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6717 printf("Hello World!
6722 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6726 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6730 \begin_layout Standard
6731 This is just the standard
6732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6743 \begin_layout Standard
6748 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6749 rc-files, and so on.
6750 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6751 as if you used a typewriter.
6752 \begin_inset Index idx
6755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6756 Paragraph environments|)
6764 \begin_layout Section
6765 Nesting Environments
6766 \begin_inset Index idx
6769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6770 Nesting ! Environments
6776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6785 \begin_layout Subsection
6789 \begin_layout Standard
6790 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6792 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6794 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6796 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6808 \begin_layout Enumerate
6812 \begin_layout Enumerate
6817 \begin_layout Enumerate
6821 \begin_layout Enumerate
6826 \begin_layout Enumerate
6830 \begin_layout Standard
6831 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6832 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6835 \begin_inset space ~
6839 \begin_inset space ~
6847 \begin_inset space ~
6851 \begin_inset space ~
6860 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6861 will tell you how far you are nested).
6862 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6863 \begin_inset Graphics
6864 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6869 \begin_inset Graphics
6870 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6874 or the convenient key bindings
6885 arg "depth-increment"
6891 arg "depth-decrement"
6894 to change the nesting level.
6895 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6896 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6900 \begin_layout Standard
6901 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6902 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6903 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6904 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6907 \begin_layout Standard
6908 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6909 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6911 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6914 \begin_layout Subsection
6915 What You Can and Can't Nest
6918 \begin_layout Standard
6919 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6920 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6923 \begin_layout Standard
6924 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6925 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6926 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6929 \begin_layout Itemize
6930 Completely unnestable
6933 \begin_layout Itemize
6934 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
6938 \begin_layout Itemize
6939 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6943 \begin_layout Standard
6944 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6945 environments have them:
6948 \begin_layout Description
6949 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6950 Can't nest into them.
6954 \begin_layout Itemize
6960 \begin_layout Itemize
6966 \begin_layout Itemize
6972 \begin_layout Itemize
6978 \begin_layout Itemize
6985 \begin_layout Description
6987 \begin_inset space ~
6990 Nestable You can nest them.
6991 You can nest other things into them.
6995 \begin_layout Itemize
7001 \begin_layout Itemize
7007 \begin_layout Itemize
7013 \begin_layout Itemize
7019 \begin_layout Itemize
7025 \begin_layout Itemize
7031 \begin_layout Itemize
7037 \begin_layout Itemize
7044 \begin_layout Description
7045 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7046 You can't nest anything into them.
7050 \begin_layout Itemize
7056 \begin_layout Itemize
7062 \begin_layout Itemize
7068 \begin_layout Itemize
7074 \begin_layout Itemize
7080 \begin_layout Itemize
7086 \begin_layout Itemize
7092 \begin_layout Itemize
7098 \begin_layout Itemize
7104 \begin_layout Itemize
7110 \begin_layout Itemize
7116 \begin_layout Itemize
7122 \begin_layout Itemize
7128 \begin_layout Itemize
7132 \begin_inset space ~
7138 \begin_layout Itemize
7145 \begin_layout Standard
7146 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7154 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7163 \begin_inset space ~
7167 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7171 \begin_inset space \space{}
7174 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7175 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7176 section headings violate this.
7184 \begin_layout Subsection
7185 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7186 \begin_inset Index idx
7189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7190 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7198 \begin_layout Standard
7199 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7200 affected by nesting anyhow.
7204 \begin_layout Itemize
7208 \begin_layout Itemize
7212 \begin_layout Itemize
7216 \begin_layout Standard
7218 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7226 Figures and tables in
7230 are not affected by this.
7235 Have a look at section
7236 \begin_inset space ~
7240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7242 reference "sec:Floats"
7246 for more information about
7253 \begin_layout Standard
7254 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7255 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7259 \begin_layout Standard
7260 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7268 of its own, it behaves just like a
7269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7276 paragraph environment.
7277 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7281 \begin_layout Standard
7282 Here's an example with a table:
7285 \begin_layout Enumerate
7290 \begin_layout Enumerate
7291 This is (a) and it's nested.
7295 \begin_layout Standard
7296 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7302 \begin_layout Standard
7304 \begin_inset Tabular
7305 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7306 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7307 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7308 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7392 \begin_layout Standard
7393 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7400 \begin_layout Enumerate
7402 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7406 \begin_layout Enumerate
7410 \begin_layout Standard
7411 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7414 \begin_layout Enumerate
7419 \begin_layout Enumerate
7420 This is (a) and it's nested.
7424 \begin_layout Standard
7425 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7431 \begin_layout Standard
7433 \begin_inset Tabular
7434 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7435 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7436 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7437 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7521 \begin_layout Standard
7522 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7528 \begin_layout Enumerate
7535 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7538 \begin_layout Enumerate
7542 \begin_layout Standard
7543 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7547 \begin_layout Standard
7548 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7550 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7553 \begin_layout Enumerate
7558 \begin_layout Enumerate
7559 This is (a) and it's nested.
7562 \begin_layout Standard
7563 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7569 \begin_layout Standard
7571 \begin_inset Tabular
7572 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7573 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7574 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7575 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7659 \begin_layout Standard
7660 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7666 \begin_layout Enumerate
7668 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7676 \begin_layout Enumerate
7680 \begin_layout Standard
7681 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7687 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7688 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7692 \begin_layout Subsection
7693 Usage and General Features
7696 \begin_layout Standard
7697 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7706 is the innermost possible depth.
7707 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7710 \begin_layout Enumerate
7711 level #1 - outermost
7715 \begin_layout Enumerate
7720 \begin_layout Enumerate
7725 \begin_layout Enumerate
7730 \begin_layout Itemize
7735 \begin_layout Itemize
7744 \begin_layout Standard
7745 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7746 both of them in the example.
7747 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7757 For example, if we tried to nest another
7762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7769 , we would get errors.
7772 \begin_layout Subsection
7774 \begin_inset Index idx
7777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7786 \begin_layout Standard
7787 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7788 We have several examples of nested environments.
7789 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7793 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7794 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7797 \begin_layout Labeling
7798 \labelwidthstring MMM
7799 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7808 \begin_layout Labeling
7809 \labelwidthstring MMM
7810 #2-a This is level #2.
7811 We created it by using
7814 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7820 arg "depth-increment"
7827 \begin_layout Labeling
7828 \labelwidthstring MMM
7829 #3-a This is level #3.
7830 This time, we just hit
7837 arg "depth-increment"
7841 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7845 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7851 arg "depth-increment"
7858 \begin_layout Standard
7863 environment, nested inside of
7864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7872 So, it's at level #4.
7873 We did this by hitting
7876 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7882 arg "depth-increment"
7885 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7890 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7906 \begin_layout Standard
7911 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7914 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7920 \begin_layout Labeling
7921 \labelwidthstring MMM
7922 #4-a This is level #4.
7926 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7929 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7934 Remember - we can't nest anything inside a
7938 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7943 keep nesting things inside
7944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7955 \begin_layout Labeling
7956 \labelwidthstring MMM
7957 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7962 \begin_layout Labeling
7963 \labelwidthstring MMM
7964 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7965 and this is level #6.
7966 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7970 \begin_layout Labeling
7971 \labelwidthstring MMM
7972 #5-b Back to level #5.
7976 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7982 arg "depth-decrement"
7989 \begin_layout Labeling
7990 \labelwidthstring MMM
7994 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8000 arg "depth-decrement"
8003 , we're back at level #4.
8007 \begin_layout Labeling
8008 \labelwidthstring MMM
8009 #3-b Back to level #3.
8010 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8014 \begin_layout Labeling
8015 \labelwidthstring MMM
8016 #2-b Back to level #2.
8021 \begin_layout Labeling
8022 \labelwidthstring MMM
8023 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8024 After this sentence, we'll hit
8028 and change the paragraph environment back to
8035 \begin_layout Standard
8036 We could have also used the
8052 environment in place of the
8057 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8060 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8061 Example 2: Inheritance
8064 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8065 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8068 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8077 arg "depth-increment"
8080 , after which, we'll change to the
8088 \begin_layout Enumerate
8093 environment, at level #2.
8096 \begin_layout Enumerate
8097 Notice how the nested
8101 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8105 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8109 \begin_layout Standard
8110 We ended this example by hitting
8115 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8119 and reset the nesting depth by using
8122 arg "depth-decrement"
8128 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8129 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8142 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8150 \begin_layout Enumerate
8151 This is level #1, in an
8155 paragraph environment.
8156 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8160 \begin_layout Enumerate
8165 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8171 arg "depth-increment"
8175 Now, what happens if we nest an
8179 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8180 label be? An asterisk?
8184 \begin_layout Itemize
8194 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8195 So, its label is a bullet.
8196 (We got here by using
8199 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8205 arg "depth-increment"
8208 , then changing the environment to
8216 \begin_layout Itemize
8217 Here's level #4, produced using
8220 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8226 arg "depth-increment"
8230 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8235 \begin_layout Enumerate
8236 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8238 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8243 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8247 , because we are in the
8256 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8275 \begin_layout Enumerate
8280 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8281 type of numbering does LyX use?
8284 \begin_layout Enumerate
8285 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8288 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8291 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8294 \begin_layout Enumerate
8298 arg "depth-decrement"
8301 to decrease the depth after the next
8304 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8311 \begin_layout Enumerate
8313 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8317 \begin_layout Enumerate
8319 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8320 numeral as the label.Why?
8323 \begin_layout Enumerate
8324 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8333 Notice, however, that LyX
8337 reset the counter for the label.
8341 \begin_layout Enumerate
8345 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8351 arg "depth-decrement"
8354 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8355 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8356 into the twofold-nested
8364 \begin_layout Enumerate
8365 The same thing happens if we do another
8368 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8374 arg "depth-decrement"
8377 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8380 \begin_layout Standard
8381 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8386 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8400 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8406 The same rule applies for the
8410 environment, as well.
8413 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8414 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8417 \begin_layout Enumerate
8418 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8419 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8420 same detail with how we did it.
8429 \begin_layout Standard
8437 arg "depth-increment"
8444 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8445 example in parentheses someplace.
8446 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8447 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8448 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8452 \begin_layout Enumerate
8457 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8462 Now we'll add verse.
8463 \begin_inset Newline newline
8466 It will get much worse.
8467 \begin_inset Newline newline
8477 arg "depth-increment"
8488 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8489 \begin_inset Newline newline
8492 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8493 \begin_inset Newline newline
8499 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8512 \begin_layout Standard
8513 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8519 \begin_layout Standard
8521 \begin_inset Tabular
8522 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8523 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8524 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8525 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8614 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8624 arg "depth-increment"
8630 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8640 arg "depth-decrement"
8647 \begin_layout Enumerate
8652 : level #1) This is another item.
8653 Note that selecting a
8657 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8658 3 times to put the table inside the
8666 \begin_layout Quotation
8667 We're now ending the
8671 list and changing to
8676 We're still at level #1.
8677 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8678 The next set of paragraphs is a
8679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8693 \begin_inset space ~
8698 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8702 for the letter body.
8706 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8709 to preserve the depth.
8710 Remember that you need to use
8713 arg "newline-insert newline"
8716 to create multiple lines inside the
8723 \begin_inset space ~
8733 \begin_layout Right Address
8735 \begin_inset Newline newline
8738 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8739 \begin_inset Newline newline
8745 \begin_layout Address
8747 \begin_inset space ~
8753 \begin_layout Quotation
8754 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8755 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8758 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8759 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8760 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8761 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8762 as soon as possible.
8763 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8766 \begin_layout Quotation
8767 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8768 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8769 with your order, along with payment.
8772 \begin_layout Quotation
8773 We thank you again for your patience.
8776 \begin_layout Address
8778 \begin_inset Newline newline
8785 \begin_layout Quotation
8786 That ends that example!
8789 \begin_layout Standard
8790 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8791 just a few keystrokes.
8792 We could have easily nested an
8813 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8816 \begin_layout Section
8817 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8818 \begin_inset Index idx
8821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8830 \begin_layout Standard
8831 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8832 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8833 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8834 be broken at the end of a line.
8835 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8839 \begin_layout Subsection
8841 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8843 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8848 \begin_inset Index idx
8851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8860 \begin_layout Standard
8861 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8863 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8867 Further documentation is given in section
8868 \begin_inset Newline newline
8872 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8874 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8882 \begin_layout Standard
8883 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8896 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8898 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8907 A protected space is set with
8909 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8910 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8914 \begin_inset space ~
8924 arg "space-insert protected"
8930 \begin_layout Subsection
8932 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8934 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8939 \begin_inset Index idx
8942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8943 Spacing ! Horizontal
8951 \begin_layout Standard
8952 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8954 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8955 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8959 The length units are listed in Appendix
8960 \begin_inset space ~
8964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8966 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8973 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8975 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8977 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8982 \begin_inset Index idx
8985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8994 \begin_layout Standard
8996 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9000 \begin_inset space \space{}
9003 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9004 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9005 \begin_inset space ~
9009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9011 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9016 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9017 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9020 arg "space-insert normal"
9026 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9028 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9030 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9035 \begin_inset Index idx
9038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9047 \begin_layout Standard
9049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9056 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9065 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9066 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9067 inside abbreviations:
9072 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9076 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9079 \begin_layout Standard
9080 or between values and units.
9081 Compare for example this:
9082 \begin_inset Newline newline
9086 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9090 \begin_inset Newline newline
9096 \begin_layout Standard
9097 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9099 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9100 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9102 \begin_inset space ~
9110 arg "space-insert thin"
9116 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9118 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9120 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9127 \begin_layout Standard
9128 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9131 \begin_layout Description
9133 \begin_inset space ~
9137 \begin_inset space ~
9141 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9145 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9149 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9152 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9155 \begin_layout Description
9157 \begin_inset space ~
9161 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9165 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9169 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9173 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9177 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9180 em) space between the arrows.
9183 \begin_layout Description
9185 \begin_inset space ~
9189 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9193 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9197 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9201 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9205 \begin_inset space ~
9209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9212 em) space between the arrows.
9215 \begin_layout Description
9217 \begin_inset space ~
9221 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9225 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9229 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9233 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9237 \begin_inset space ~
9241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9244 em) space between the arrows.
9247 \begin_layout Description
9249 \begin_inset space ~
9253 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9257 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9262 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9269 cm space between the arrows.
9272 \begin_layout Standard
9274 \begin_inset space ~
9278 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9280 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9284 lists the different space sizes.
9287 \begin_layout Standard
9288 \begin_inset Float table
9293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9295 \begin_inset Caption
9297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9298 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9300 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9304 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9314 \begin_inset Tabular
9315 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9316 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9317 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9318 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9358 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9382 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9406 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9430 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9445 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9458 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9473 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9486 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9501 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9514 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9535 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9541 \begin_inset Index idx
9544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9553 \begin_layout Standard
9554 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9555 in a uniform fashion.
9556 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9557 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9558 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9559 equally between themselves.
9563 \begin_layout Standard
9564 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9569 This is on the left side
9570 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9573 This is on the right
9579 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9583 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9592 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9596 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9600 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9606 \begin_layout Standard
9607 That was an example in the
9613 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9617 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9621 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9624 is one in a standard paragraph.
9625 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9629 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9632 \begin_layout Standard
9633 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9636 \begin_inset space ~
9641 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9644 \begin_layout Standard
9646 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9650 \begin_inset space ~
9656 \begin_layout Standard
9658 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9662 \begin_inset space ~
9668 \begin_layout Standard
9670 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9674 \begin_inset space ~
9680 \begin_layout Standard
9682 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9686 \begin_inset space ~
9692 \begin_layout Standard
9694 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9698 \begin_inset space ~
9704 \begin_layout Standard
9706 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9710 \begin_inset space ~
9716 \begin_layout Standard
9717 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9725 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9729 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9730 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9731 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9735 option in the space dialog.
9743 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9745 \begin_inset Index idx
9748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9757 \begin_layout Standard
9758 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9760 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9764 \begin_inset space \space{}
9767 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9770 \begin_layout Standard
9771 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9774 What is correct English?:
9775 \begin_inset Newline newline
9779 \begin_inset Newline newline
9783 \begin_inset space ~
9786 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9787 \begin_inset Newline newline
9794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9805 \begin_inset Newline newline
9812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9823 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9829 \begin_layout Standard
9830 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9835 \begin_inset space ~
9839 \begin_inset space ~
9843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9847 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9859 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9863 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9865 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9869 for more information about TeX-Code.
9875 In our case write the command
9882 (note the space after
9883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9890 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9891 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9892 That is why it is named
9893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9905 There exists also the commands
9917 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9918 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9919 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9921 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9933 \begin_layout Subsection
9935 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9937 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9942 \begin_inset Index idx
9945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9954 \begin_layout Standard
9955 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9957 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9958 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9960 \begin_inset space ~
9966 There you find the following sizes:
9969 \begin_layout Standard
9982 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
9987 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9989 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9993 \begin_inset Index idx
9996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10002 for the paragraph separation.
10003 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10014 \begin_layout Standard
10020 \begin_inset Index idx
10023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10029 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10030 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10032 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10033 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10042 : they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10051 are described in section
10052 \begin_inset space ~
10056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10058 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10067 If there are several
10071 on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10072 You can therefore use
10076 to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10079 \begin_layout Standard
10084 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10085 \begin_inset space ~
10089 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10091 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10098 \begin_layout Standard
10099 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10109 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10110 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10122 \begin_layout Subsection
10123 Paragraph Alignment
10126 \begin_layout Standard
10127 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10129 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10133 There are four possibilities:
10136 \begin_layout Itemize
10144 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10150 \begin_layout Itemize
10158 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10164 \begin_layout Itemize
10172 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10178 \begin_layout Itemize
10186 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10192 \begin_layout Itemize
10200 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10206 \begin_layout Standard
10207 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10208 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10209 the left and right margins.
10210 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10213 \begin_layout Standard
10215 This paragraph is right aligned,
10218 \begin_layout Standard
10220 this one is centered,
10223 \begin_layout Standard
10225 this one is left aligned.
10228 \begin_layout Subsection
10230 \begin_inset Index idx
10233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10234 Page breaks ! Forced
10240 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10242 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10249 \begin_layout Standard
10250 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10251 can force a page break where you want one.
10252 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10253 Only if you use a lot of
10257 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10260 \begin_layout Standard
10261 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10262 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10266 have to change the page breaking.
10269 \begin_layout Standard
10270 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10272 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10274 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10275 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10277 \begin_inset space ~
10283 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10285 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10286 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10288 \begin_inset space ~
10293 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10295 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10296 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10299 \begin_layout Standard
10300 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10301 at the top of a page.
10302 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10303 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10304 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10305 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10309 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10313 to learn more about
10320 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10322 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10324 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10329 \begin_inset Index idx
10332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10333 Page breaks ! Clear
10341 \begin_layout Standard
10342 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10343 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10344 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10345 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10346 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10349 \begin_layout Standard
10350 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10352 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10353 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10355 \begin_inset space ~
10361 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10363 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10364 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10366 \begin_inset space ~
10370 \begin_inset space ~
10375 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10376 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10379 \begin_layout Subsection
10381 \begin_inset Index idx
10384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10391 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10393 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10400 \begin_layout Standard
10401 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10403 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10405 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10406 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10408 \begin_inset space ~
10412 \begin_inset space ~
10420 arg "newline-insert newline"
10424 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10426 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10427 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10429 \begin_inset space ~
10433 \begin_inset space ~
10438 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10440 This is necessary to avoid
10441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10448 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10451 \begin_layout Standard
10452 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10453 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10454 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10455 set a line break, e.
10456 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10460 \begin_inset space \space{}
10463 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10464 \begin_inset space ~
10468 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10470 reference "sec:Quote"
10475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10477 reference "sec:Verse"
10482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10484 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10491 \begin_layout Subsection
10493 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10495 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10500 \begin_inset Index idx
10503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10512 \begin_layout Standard
10517 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10518 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10520 \begin_inset space ~
10525 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10531 \begin_layout Section
10532 Characters and Symbols
10535 \begin_layout Standard
10536 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10537 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10538 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10542 \begin_inset space \space{}
10545 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10547 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10553 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10557 for information on how this is done.
10560 \begin_layout Standard
10561 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10566 dialog via the menu
10568 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10569 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10575 \begin_layout Standard
10576 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10584 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10585 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10586 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10594 \begin_layout Section
10595 Fonts and Text Styles
10596 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10598 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10605 \begin_layout Subsection
10607 \begin_inset Index idx
10610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10619 \begin_layout Standard
10620 There are two types of fonts:
10623 \begin_layout Description
10625 \begin_inset space ~
10629 \begin_inset Index idx
10632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10638 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10639 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10643 characters) in the font.
10644 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10645 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10646 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10647 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10648 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10649 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10650 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10651 \begin_inset Newline newline
10654 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10655 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10656 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10657 sizes than at small ones.
10658 \begin_inset Newline newline
10672 \begin_inset space ~
10680 \begin_layout Description
10682 \begin_inset space ~
10686 \begin_inset Index idx
10689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10695 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10696 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10697 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10698 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10699 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10700 picture manipulation program.
10701 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10702 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10703 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10704 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10705 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10707 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10708 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10709 \begin_inset Newline newline
10712 Bitmap fonts are named
10715 \begin_inset space ~
10720 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10723 \begin_layout Standard
10724 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10725 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10726 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10727 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10728 use scalable fonts.
10731 \begin_layout Standard
10732 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10733 its document properties.
10736 \begin_layout Standard
10737 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10738 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10739 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10740 font to emphasize text, you use an
10741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10749 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10750 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10754 \begin_layout Subsection
10755 Document Font and Font size
10756 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10758 name "sub:Document-Font"
10763 \begin_inset Index idx
10766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10773 \begin_inset Index idx
10776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10785 \begin_layout Standard
10786 You can set the document fonts in the
10788 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10792 \begin_inset Index idx
10795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10796 Document ! Settings
10802 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10803 font shapes roman (serif),
10806 \begin_inset space ~
10818 \begin_layout Standard
10819 The possible options for the font include
10823 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10828 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10850 European Computer Modern
10853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10863 \begin_layout Standard
10872 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10873 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10878 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10881 \begin_inset space ~
10886 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10892 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10893 There are three ways to use one:
10896 \begin_layout Itemize
10897 One way is to use the
10907 Virtual means that it
10908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10919 -glyphs from other fonts.
10920 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10942 Loading the LaTeX-package
10947 \begin_inset Index idx
10950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10951 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10956 with the document preamble line
10957 \begin_inset Newline newline
10964 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10965 \begin_inset Newline newline
10970 will fix the guillemet problem.
10975 and that accented characters are not
10979 glyph, they are build of
10983 characters, the accent and the letter.
10984 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10988 fonts for words with accented characters.
10989 If you search for example for the French word
10990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10997 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11006 and not for the glyph
11007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11011 \begin_inset space ~
11015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11021 \begin_layout Itemize
11022 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11035 , consist of these three main font types
11038 \begin_inset space ~
11067 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11071 \begin_inset space ~
11078 as typewriter font.
11079 \begin_inset Newline newline
11082 The differences between roman,
11085 \begin_inset space ~
11094 fonts are explained in section
11095 \begin_inset space ~
11099 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11101 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11106 \begin_inset Newline newline
11113 was originally designed for newspapers.
11114 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11115 into the small newspaper columns.
11120 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11123 \begin_layout Itemize
11124 The best solution is to use the
11133 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11137 as the default font.
11138 In most cases they look the same as
11146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11147 One difference is improved kerning for the
11160 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11171 \begin_layout Standard
11172 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11175 For the font size there are four possible values:
11192 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11195 \begin_layout Standard
11196 The font sizes are the
11201 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11202 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11203 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11206 \begin_inset space ~
11212 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11213 \begin_inset space ~
11217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11219 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11226 \begin_layout Standard
11231 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11232 a font to display the script characters.
11236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11237 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11242 So this has no effect for the document language
11258 \begin_layout Standard
11259 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11263 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11271 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11275 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11276 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11277 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11279 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11282 dialog, see section
11283 \begin_inset space ~
11287 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11289 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11301 \begin_layout Subsection
11302 Using Different Character Styles
11303 \begin_inset Index idx
11306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11313 \begin_inset Index idx
11316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11325 \begin_layout Standard
11326 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11327 certain paragraph environments.
11328 LyX supports two character styles,
11337 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11341 \begin_layout Standard
11346 style, do one of the following:
11349 \begin_layout Itemize
11350 click on the toolbar button
11351 \begin_inset Graphics
11352 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11359 \begin_layout Itemize
11360 use the key binding
11369 \begin_layout Standard
11370 These commands are all toggles.
11375 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11378 \begin_layout Standard
11379 One typically uses the
11383 style for proper names.
11385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11392 is the original author of LyX.
11393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11399 \begin_layout Standard
11400 A more widely used character style is the
11405 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
11412 \begin_layout Itemize
11413 clicking on the toolbar button
11414 \begin_inset Graphics
11415 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11422 \begin_layout Itemize
11423 using the keybindings
11432 \begin_layout Standard
11437 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11438 es use a different font.
11441 \begin_layout Standard
11442 We've been using the
11446 style all over the place in this document.
11447 Here's one more example:
11450 \begin_layout Quotation
11453 Don't overuse character styles!
11456 \begin_layout Standard
11457 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11458 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11459 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11460 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11464 \begin_layout Standard
11465 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11473 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11475 \begin_inset space ~
11483 \begin_layout Subsection
11484 Fine-Tuning with the
11489 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11491 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11496 \begin_inset Index idx
11499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11508 \begin_layout Standard
11509 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11510 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11511 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11512 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11513 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11514 from ordinary dialog.
11517 \begin_layout Standard
11518 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11519 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11520 \begin_inset Newline newline
11523 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11524 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11527 \begin_layout Standard
11528 To use custom character styles, open the
11530 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11532 \begin_inset space ~
11538 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11539 font property which you can choose.
11540 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11543 \begin_inset space ~
11548 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11553 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11554 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11555 environments in a snap.
11558 \begin_layout Standard
11559 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11562 \begin_inset space ~
11574 \begin_layout Labeling
11575 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11589 The possible options are:
11593 \begin_layout Labeling
11594 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11599 This is the Roman font family.
11600 Normally a serif font.
11601 It's also the default family.
11611 \begin_layout Labeling
11612 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11616 \begin_inset space ~
11623 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11635 \begin_layout Labeling
11636 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11643 This is the Typewriter font family.
11649 arg "font-typewriter"
11658 \begin_layout Labeling
11659 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11664 This corresponds to the print weight.
11669 \begin_layout Labeling
11670 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11675 This is the Medium font series.
11676 It's also the default series.
11679 \begin_layout Labeling
11680 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11687 This is the Bold font series.
11700 \begin_layout Labeling
11701 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11706 As the name implies.
11711 \begin_layout Labeling
11712 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11717 This is the Upright font shape.
11718 It's also the default shape.
11721 \begin_layout Labeling
11722 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11736 s the Italic font shape
11742 \begin_layout Labeling
11743 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11750 This is the Slanted font shape
11752 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11755 \begin_layout Labeling
11756 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11760 \begin_inset space ~
11767 This is the Small caps font shape
11774 \begin_layout Labeling
11775 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11780 Alters the size of the font.
11781 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11782 nal to the document font size.
11783 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11784 what you want to do.
11789 \begin_layout Labeling
11790 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11811 arg "font-size tiny"
11817 \begin_layout Labeling
11818 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11839 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11845 \begin_layout Labeling
11846 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11867 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11873 \begin_layout Labeling
11874 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11895 arg "font-size small"
11901 \begin_layout Labeling
11902 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11916 It's also the default size.
11920 arg "font-size normal"
11926 \begin_layout Labeling
11927 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11948 arg "font-size large"
11954 \begin_layout Labeling
11955 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11976 arg "font-size larger"
11982 \begin_layout Labeling
11983 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12004 arg "font-size largest"
12010 \begin_layout Labeling
12011 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12032 arg "font-size huge"
12038 \begin_layout Labeling
12039 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12060 arg "font-size giant"
12067 \begin_layout Standard
12072 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12073 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12074 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12075 - use that instead.
12076 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12079 \begin_layout Labeling
12080 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12085 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12090 \begin_layout Labeling
12091 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12098 This is text with emphasize on
12101 This might seem like the same as
12105 , but it is actually a bit different.
12111 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12113 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12116 \begin_layout Labeling
12117 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12124 This is text with Underbar on.
12130 arg "font-underline"
12136 \begin_inset Newline newline
12141 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12142 when you couldn't change fonts.
12143 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12144 It's only included in LyX because some people
12148 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12151 \begin_layout Labeling
12152 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12159 This is text with Noun on.
12166 , this is a logical attribute.
12167 Normally it's equivalent to
12170 \begin_inset space ~
12179 \begin_layout Labeling
12180 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12185 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12186 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12190 \begin_inset space ~
12195 , which is the default
12196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12203 and means normally black, you can choose between
12236 \begin_inset Index idx
12239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12248 \begin_layout Labeling
12249 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12254 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12255 the language of the document.
12256 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12260 \begin_layout Standard
12261 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12262 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12264 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12266 \begin_inset space ~
12271 dialog, the settings are saved.
12272 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12273 \begin_inset Graphics
12274 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12279 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12280 when the dialog isn't visible.
12284 \begin_layout Standard
12285 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12292 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12293 (suppose you just set the shape to
12294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12312 \begin_inset space ~
12324 \begin_layout Standard
12325 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12333 \begin_inset space ~
12345 \begin_layout Itemize
12351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12358 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12376 \begin_inset Newline newline
12383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12408 \begin_inset Note Note
12411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12412 For more on phantoms see section
12413 \begin_inset space ~
12417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12419 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12429 \begin_inset Newline newline
12435 \begin_layout Itemize
12440 fonts use characters with serifs.
12441 These are the small
12442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12449 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12450 The following example will show the difference:
12451 \begin_inset Newline newline
12455 \begin_inset Newline newline
12460 text without serifs
12463 \begin_inset Newline newline
12466 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12467 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12474 \begin_layout Itemize
12480 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12481 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12484 \begin_layout Standard
12485 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12486 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12489 \begin_layout Section
12490 Printing and Previewing
12493 \begin_layout Subsection
12497 \begin_layout Standard
12498 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12499 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12500 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12501 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12502 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12504 Additional Features
12509 \begin_layout Standard
12510 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12511 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12512 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12513 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12514 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12515 This happens in two stages:
12518 \begin_layout Enumerate
12519 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12520 generating a file with the extension,
12521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12535 \begin_layout Enumerate
12536 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12540 file to produce printable output.
12544 \begin_layout Subsection
12545 Output file formats
12546 \begin_inset Index idx
12549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12556 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12558 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12565 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12567 \begin_inset Index idx
12570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12571 File formats ! ASCII
12579 \begin_layout Standard
12580 This file type has the extension
12581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12593 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12597 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12604 \begin_layout Standard
12605 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12607 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12608 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12614 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12616 \begin_inset Index idx
12619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12620 File formats ! LaTeX
12628 \begin_layout Standard
12629 This file type has the extension
12630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12641 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12643 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12644 it manually with console commands.
12645 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12646 you view or export your document.
12649 \begin_layout Standard
12650 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12652 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12653 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12670 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12672 \begin_inset Index idx
12675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12684 \begin_layout Standard
12685 This file type has the extension
12686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12706 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12707 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12708 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12712 \begin_layout Standard
12713 DVI files doen't contain images, they only link them.
12714 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12715 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12716 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12718 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12721 \begin_layout Standard
12722 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12724 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12725 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12731 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12733 \begin_inset Index idx
12736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12737 File formats ! PostScript
12745 \begin_layout Standard
12746 This file type has the extension
12747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12759 PostScript was developed by the company
12763 as a printer language.
12764 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12766 PostScript can be seen as a
12767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12770 programming language
12771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12774 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12779 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12785 \begin_inset Index idx
12788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12789 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12799 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12802 \begin_layout Standard
12803 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12804 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12807 Encapsulated PostScript
12808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12811 (EPS, file extension
12812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12824 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12825 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12827 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12830 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
12831 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12834 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
12835 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12836 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12837 EPS to avoid this problem.
12840 \begin_layout Standard
12841 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12843 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12844 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12850 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12852 \begin_inset Index idx
12855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12862 \begin_inset Index idx
12865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12874 \begin_layout Standard
12875 This file type has the extension
12876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12892 Portable Document Format
12893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12900 was derived from PostScript.
12901 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
12903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12910 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12911 looks exactly the same.
12914 \begin_layout Standard
12915 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12919 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12923 (JPG, file extension
12924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12951 Portable Network Graphics
12952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12955 (PNG, file extension
12956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12968 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12969 in the background to one of these formats.
12970 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12971 will slow down your workflow.
12972 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12975 \begin_layout Standard
12976 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12978 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12981 in three different ways:
12984 \begin_layout Description
12985 PDF This uses the program
12989 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12990 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12994 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12995 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12998 \begin_layout Description
13000 \begin_inset space ~
13003 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13007 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13011 \begin_layout Description
13013 \begin_inset space ~
13016 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13020 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13023 \begin_layout Standard
13024 We recommend to use
13027 \begin_inset space ~
13036 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13037 works without problems.
13042 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13045 \begin_layout Subsection
13047 \begin_inset Index idx
13050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13059 \begin_layout Standard
13060 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13061 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13065 and choose a file type.
13066 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13069 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13072 you can use the toolbar button
13073 \begin_inset Graphics
13074 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13081 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13086 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13088 \begin_inset space ~
13094 \begin_inset Graphics
13095 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13101 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13105 \begin_inset Graphics
13106 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13113 arg "buffer-view ps"
13119 \begin_layout Standard
13120 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13121 viewer window using the menu
13123 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13129 \begin_layout Standard
13130 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13132 To have a real output, export your document.
13135 \begin_layout Subsection
13136 Printing the File from within LyX
13137 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13139 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13146 \begin_layout Standard
13147 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13148 it directly from within LyX.
13149 To print a file, select the menu
13151 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13154 or click on the toolbar button
13155 \begin_inset Graphics
13156 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13161 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13162 This file is then processed by the program
13166 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13171 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13174 \begin_layout Standard
13175 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13176 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13177 printing one set to print on the other side.
13178 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13179 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13180 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13183 \begin_layout Standard
13184 You can set the parameters in the
13187 \begin_inset space ~
13195 \begin_layout Labeling
13196 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13201 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13206 Note that this printer name is for the program
13215 has to be configured for this printer name.
13216 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13217 \begin_inset space ~
13221 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13223 reference "sub:Printer"
13232 The printer should understand PostScript.
13235 \begin_layout Labeling
13236 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13241 The name of a file to print to.
13242 The output will be a PostScript file.
13243 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13247 \begin_layout Section
13248 A few Words about Typography
13249 \begin_inset Index idx
13252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13261 \begin_layout Subsection
13263 \begin_inset Index idx
13266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13275 \begin_layout Standard
13277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13288 character comes in four lengths: the
13300 , and the minus sign:
13301 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13307 \begin_layout Standard
13308 \begin_inset Tabular
13309 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13310 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13311 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13312 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13313 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13314 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13343 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13383 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13408 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13410 \begin_inset space ~
13413 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13420 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13445 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13447 \begin_inset space ~
13450 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13471 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13505 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13511 \begin_layout Standard
13512 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13524 character multiple times in a row.
13525 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13526 the final output, but not in LyX.
13528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13532 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13544 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13548 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13558 \begin_layout Standard
13559 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13560 math mode and has a length of its own.
13561 Here are some examples of the
13562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13576 \begin_layout Enumerate
13577 line- and page-breaks
13578 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13588 \begin_layout Enumerate
13590 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13600 \begin_layout Enumerate
13601 Oh — there's a dash.
13602 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13612 \begin_layout Enumerate
13613 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13617 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13627 \begin_layout Subsection
13629 \begin_inset Index idx
13632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13639 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13641 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13648 \begin_layout Standard
13649 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13650 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13655 \begin_inset Index idx
13658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13659 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13664 following the rules of the document language
13668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13669 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13677 \begin_inset space ~
13681 \begin_inset space ~
13688 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13699 \begin_layout Standard
13700 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13705 font and with unusual constructs, like
13706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13714 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13715 This is done with the menu
13717 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13718 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13720 \begin_inset space ~
13726 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13727 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13730 \begin_layout Standard
13731 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13732 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
13734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13742 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
13743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13750 as hyphenation possibility.
13751 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13752 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
13753 argument of the LaTeX-box-command
13759 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13760 As LyX doesn't support
13766 , you have to use TeX Code.
13767 The result looks in LyX like:
13770 \begin_layout Standard
13771 \begin_inset Graphics
13772 filename clipart/mbox.png
13779 \begin_layout Standard
13780 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13781 \begin_inset space ~
13785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13787 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13794 \begin_layout Subsection
13796 \begin_inset Index idx
13799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13808 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13809 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13810 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13812 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13819 \begin_layout Standard
13820 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13821 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13822 LaTeX then adds the
13823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13826 appropriate amount of space
13827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13831 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13833 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13836 \begin_layout Standard
13837 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
13838 not work in all cases.
13840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13851 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13852 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13855 \begin_layout Standard
13856 Here are some examples of
13860 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13863 \begin_layout Itemize
13868 \begin_layout Itemize
13873 \begin_layout Standard
13874 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13877 \begin_layout Itemize
13879 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13883 this is too much space!
13886 \begin_layout Itemize
13891 \begin_layout Standard
13892 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13895 \begin_layout Standard
13896 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13899 \begin_layout Enumerate
13903 \begin_inset space ~
13908 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13909 \begin_inset space ~
13913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13915 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13920 \begin_inset Index idx
13923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13924 Spaces ! inter-word
13932 \begin_layout Enumerate
13936 \begin_inset space ~
13941 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13942 \begin_inset space ~
13946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13948 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13953 \begin_inset Index idx
13956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13965 \begin_layout Enumerate
13969 \begin_inset space ~
13973 \begin_inset space ~
13977 \begin_inset space ~
13984 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13986 \begin_inset space ~
13991 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13992 This function is also bound to
13995 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14001 \begin_layout Standard
14002 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14005 \begin_layout Itemize
14007 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14011 \begin_inset space \space{}
14014 this is too much space!
14017 \begin_layout Itemize
14018 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14022 \begin_layout Standard
14023 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14024 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14025 will take care of this.
14028 \begin_layout Standard
14029 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14033 \begin_inset space ~
14038 feature described in section
14044 Additional Features
14049 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14051 \begin_inset Index idx
14054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14055 Typography ! Quotes
14061 \begin_inset Index idx
14064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14095 \begin_layout Standard
14096 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14097 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14098 and use a closing quote at the end.
14100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14108 The keyboard character,
14112 , generates this automatically.
14115 \begin_layout Standard
14116 You can change the behavior of the
14120 key using the submenu
14126 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14130 \begin_inset Index idx
14133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14134 Document ! Settings
14142 \begin_layout Standard
14143 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14148 There are six choices:
14151 \begin_layout Labeling
14152 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14164 Use quotes like this
14165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14173 \begin_inset Quotes els
14177 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14183 \begin_layout Labeling
14184 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14187 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14191 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14197 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14201 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14205 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14211 \begin_layout Labeling
14212 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14215 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14219 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14225 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14229 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14233 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14237 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14243 \begin_layout Labeling
14244 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14247 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14251 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14257 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14261 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14265 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14269 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14275 \begin_layout Labeling
14276 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14279 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14283 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14289 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14293 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14297 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14301 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14307 \begin_layout Labeling
14308 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14311 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14315 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14321 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14325 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14329 \begin_inset Quotes als
14333 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14339 \begin_layout Standard
14340 These settings affect what character the
14347 \begin_layout Subsection
14349 \begin_inset Index idx
14352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14353 Typography ! Ligatures
14359 \begin_inset Index idx
14362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14391 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14393 name "sub:Ligatures"
14400 \begin_layout Standard
14401 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14402 print them as single characters.
14403 These groups are known as
14408 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14410 Here are the standard ligatures:
14413 \begin_layout Itemize
14417 \begin_layout Itemize
14421 \begin_layout Itemize
14425 \begin_layout Itemize
14429 \begin_layout Itemize
14433 \begin_layout Standard
14434 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14437 \begin_layout Standard
14438 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14439 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14447 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14463 To break a ligature, use
14465 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14466 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14468 \begin_inset space ~
14475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14486 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14503 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14511 \begin_layout Subsection
14513 \begin_inset Index idx
14516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14523 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14525 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14532 \begin_layout Standard
14533 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14534 characters in different sizes and heights.
14535 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14536 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14556 \begin_inset Note Note
14559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14560 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14568 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14569 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14574 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14578 \begin_layout Description
14579 LyX The name of the game, write
14580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14601 \begin_layout Description
14602 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14624 \begin_layout Description
14625 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14647 \begin_layout Description
14648 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14670 \begin_layout Standard
14671 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14676 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14684 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14685 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14686 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14689 : The actual version is
14690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14697 , the previous one was
14698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14708 \begin_layout Standard
14709 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14710 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14714 \begin_inset space \space{}
14717 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14719 This will look in LyX like:
14720 \begin_inset Graphics
14721 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14727 \begin_inset Newline newline
14730 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14731 \begin_inset space ~
14735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14737 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14744 \begin_layout Subsection
14746 \begin_inset Index idx
14749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14758 \begin_layout Standard
14759 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14760 space between two words.
14761 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14771 for units use the menu
14773 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14774 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14776 \begin_inset space ~
14784 arg "space-insert thin"
14790 \begin_layout Standard
14791 Here's an example to show the differences:
14794 \begin_layout Standard
14795 \begin_inset Tabular
14796 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14797 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14798 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14799 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14806 \begin_inset space ~
14810 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14822 space between number and unit
14829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14834 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14838 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14850 half space between number and unit
14863 \begin_layout Subsection
14865 \begin_inset Index idx
14868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14869 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14877 \begin_layout Standard
14878 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14880 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14881 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14882 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14883 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14884 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14885 These bits of text became known as
14896 \begin_layout Standard
14897 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14898 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14899 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14900 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14901 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14902 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14903 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14906 \begin_layout Standard
14907 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14908 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14909 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14910 \begin_inset space ~
14914 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14916 key "latexcompanion"
14921 \begin_inset space ~
14925 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14931 ] may have more information.
14932 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14935 \begin_layout Chapter
14936 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14937 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14939 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14946 \begin_layout Standard
14947 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14952 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14955 \begin_layout Section
14957 \begin_inset Index idx
14960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14967 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14976 \begin_layout Standard
14977 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14980 \begin_layout Description
14982 \begin_inset space ~
14985 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14986 \begin_inset Newline newline
14990 \begin_inset Note Note
14993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14994 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15002 \begin_layout Description
15003 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15004 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15006 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15007 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15008 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15011 \begin_inset Newline newline
15015 \begin_inset Note Comment
15018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15019 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15027 \begin_layout Description
15029 \begin_inset space ~
15032 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15033 \begin_inset Newline newline
15037 \begin_inset Newline newline
15041 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15050 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15051 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15052 How this can be done is explained in the
15061 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15067 \begin_inset Newline newline
15071 \begin_inset Newline newline
15074 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15075 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15078 \begin_layout Standard
15079 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15080 \begin_inset Graphics
15081 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15083 scaleBeforeRotation
15089 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15093 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15096 \begin_layout Section
15098 \begin_inset Index idx
15101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15108 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15110 name "sec:Footnotes"
15117 \begin_layout Standard
15118 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15121 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15124 or the toolbar button
15125 \begin_inset Graphics
15126 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15139 \begin_inset Graphics
15140 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15149 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15178 label, the box will
15182 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15183 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15196 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15212 \begin_layout Standard
15213 Here's an example footnote:
15221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15222 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15230 \begin_layout Standard
15231 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15232 position where the footnote box is placed.
15233 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15234 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15235 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15236 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15237 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15242 ey are described in the
15249 \begin_layout Section
15251 \begin_inset Index idx
15254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15261 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15263 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15270 \begin_layout Standard
15271 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15272 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15274 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15276 \begin_inset space ~
15281 or the toolbar button
15282 \begin_inset Graphics
15283 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15310 appearing within your text.
15311 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15320 \begin_layout Standard
15321 At the side is an example marginal note.
15325 \begin_inset Marginal
15328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15329 This is a marginal note.
15337 \begin_layout Standard
15338 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15339 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15340 pages, right on odd pages.
15343 \begin_layout Section
15344 Graphics and Images
15345 \begin_inset Index idx
15348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15355 \begin_inset Index idx
15358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15367 name "sec:Graphics"
15374 \begin_layout Standard
15375 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15376 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15377 \begin_inset Graphics
15378 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15384 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15388 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15391 \begin_layout Standard
15392 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15397 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15398 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15400 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15401 \begin_inset space ~
15405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15407 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15414 \begin_layout Standard
15419 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15420 of the image in the output.
15421 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15425 \begin_inset space ~
15429 \begin_inset space ~
15438 \begin_inset space ~
15442 \begin_inset space ~
15446 \begin_inset space ~
15451 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15452 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15460 \begin_layout Standard
15463 LaTeX and LyX options
15465 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15466 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15470 \begin_inset space ~
15475 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15476 with the image size is printed.
15480 \begin_inset space ~
15484 \begin_inset space ~
15488 \begin_inset space ~
15493 is explained in the
15504 \begin_layout Standard
15505 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15506 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15508 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15512 \begin_layout Standard
15514 \begin_inset Graphics
15515 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15517 rotateOrigin center
15524 \begin_layout Standard
15525 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15526 the image into a float, see section
15527 \begin_inset space ~
15531 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15533 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15540 \begin_layout Subsection
15542 \begin_inset Index idx
15545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15552 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15554 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15561 \begin_layout Standard
15562 You can insert images in any known file format.
15563 But as we explained in section
15564 \begin_inset space ~
15568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15570 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15574 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15575 LyX uses therefore the program
15579 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15580 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15581 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15582 \begin_inset space ~
15586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15588 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15595 \begin_layout Standard
15596 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15599 \begin_layout Description
15601 \begin_inset space ~
15604 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15605 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15606 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15610 Graphics Interchange Format
15611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15614 (GIF, file extension
15615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15627 \begin_inset Index idx
15630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15662 Portable Network Graphics
15663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15666 (PNG, file extension
15667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15679 \begin_inset Index idx
15682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15714 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15718 (JPG, file extension
15719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15743 \begin_inset Index idx
15746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15777 \begin_layout Description
15779 \begin_inset space ~
15782 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15784 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15785 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15786 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15787 \begin_inset Newline newline
15790 Scalable image formats can be
15791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15794 Scalable Vector Graphics
15795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15798 (SVG, file extension
15799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15811 \begin_inset Index idx
15814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15846 Encapsulated PostScript
15847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15850 (EPS, file extension
15851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15863 \begin_inset Index idx
15866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15898 Portable Document Format
15899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15902 (PDF, file extension
15903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15915 \begin_inset Index idx
15918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15925 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15926 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15927 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15933 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15941 \begin_layout Standard
15942 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15946 \begin_layout Subsection
15947 Grouping of Image Settings
15948 \begin_inset Index idx
15951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15952 Images ! Settings grouping
15960 \begin_layout Standard
15961 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
15963 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
15964 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
15966 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
15967 need to manually change each of them.
15971 \begin_layout Standard
15972 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
15975 \begin_inset space ~
15980 field in the Graphics dialog.
15981 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
15982 by checking the name of the desired group.
15985 \begin_layout Section
15987 \begin_inset Index idx
15990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15997 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16006 \begin_layout Standard
16007 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16008 \begin_inset Graphics
16009 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16016 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16020 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16021 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16022 from the rest of the table.
16023 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16024 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16026 Here's an example table:
16029 \begin_layout Standard
16031 \begin_inset Tabular
16032 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16033 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16034 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16035 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16036 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16037 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16237 \begin_layout Subsection
16241 \begin_layout Standard
16242 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16243 brings up the table dialog.
16244 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16245 where the cursor is placed currently.
16246 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16247 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16248 done on all of your selection.
16251 \begin_layout Standard
16252 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16255 \begin_inset space ~
16260 helps you in setting table properties.
16261 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16264 \begin_layout Standard
16268 \begin_inset space ~
16273 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16274 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16275 current cell respectively.
16276 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16278 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16279 of text, see section
16280 \begin_inset space ~
16284 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16286 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16293 \begin_layout Standard
16294 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16300 This will merge the cells to
16304 cell, spread over more than one column.
16305 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16306 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16307 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16308 in the last row without the upper border:
16311 \begin_layout Standard
16313 \begin_inset Tabular
16314 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16315 <features tabularvalignment="middle" firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16316 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16317 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16318 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16319 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16330 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16339 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16415 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16450 \begin_layout Standard
16451 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16452 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16453 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16454 explained in the tables section of the
16457 \begin_inset space ~
16463 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16464 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16467 degrees counterclockwise.
16468 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16471 \begin_layout Standard
16472 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16480 Most DVI-viewers are
16484 able to display rotations.
16492 \begin_layout Standard
16497 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16502 adds lines for all cell borders.
16505 \begin_layout Subsection
16507 \begin_inset Index idx
16510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16511 Tables ! Longtables
16517 \begin_inset Index idx
16520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16529 \begin_layout Standard
16530 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16533 \begin_inset space ~
16537 \begin_inset space ~
16546 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16547 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16550 \begin_layout Description
16555 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16556 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16557 except for the first page, if
16560 \begin_inset space ~
16568 \begin_layout Description
16572 \begin_inset space ~
16577 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16578 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16581 \begin_layout Description
16586 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16587 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16588 except for the last page, if
16591 \begin_inset space ~
16599 \begin_layout Description
16603 \begin_inset space ~
16608 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16609 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16612 \begin_layout Description
16613 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16614 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16616 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16620 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16623 \begin_inset space ~
16631 \begin_layout Standard
16632 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16633 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16634 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16635 The others will then be defined as
16640 In this context, first means first in this order:
16643 \begin_inset space ~
16655 \begin_inset space ~
16661 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16664 \begin_layout Standard
16666 \begin_inset Tabular
16667 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16668 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16669 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16670 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16671 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16672 <row endfirsthead="true">
16673 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16679 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16684 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16693 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16703 <row endfirsthead="true">
16704 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16715 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16724 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16736 <row endhead="true">
16737 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16748 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16757 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16767 <row endhead="true">
16768 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16779 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16788 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16800 <row endfoot="true">
16801 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16812 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16821 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16852 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17793 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17802 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17811 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17822 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17853 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17884 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17915 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17946 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17977 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18008 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18039 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18070 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18101 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18132 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18163 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18194 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18225 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18256 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18287 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18318 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18349 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18380 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18411 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18442 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18473 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18504 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18535 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18566 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18597 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18628 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18659 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18690 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18721 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18752 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18782 <row endlastfoot="true">
18783 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18794 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18803 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18820 \begin_layout Subsection
18822 \begin_inset Index idx
18825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18832 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18834 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18841 \begin_layout Standard
18842 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18843 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18844 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18845 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18849 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18850 for the cell's paragraph.
18853 \begin_layout Standard
18854 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18855 for the column in the table dialog.
18856 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18857 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18861 \begin_layout Standard
18863 \begin_inset Tabular
18864 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18865 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
18866 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18867 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18868 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18888 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18957 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19013 This is longer now.
19018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19069 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19070 This is longer now.
19075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19101 \begin_layout Standard
19102 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19103 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19108 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19109 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19115 Selection with the mouse or with
19119 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19120 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19121 the selection from outside the table.
19124 \begin_layout Section
19126 \begin_inset Index idx
19129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19136 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19145 \begin_layout Standard
19146 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19147 have a fixed location.
19149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19156 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19164 \begin_inset space ~
19169 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19170 too many notes on the page.
19173 \begin_layout Standard
19174 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19175 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19176 and pages without text.
19177 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19178 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19179 Floats are therefore numbered.
19180 Referencing is described in section
19181 \begin_inset space ~
19185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19187 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19194 \begin_layout Standard
19195 To insert a float, use the menu
19197 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19201 A box with a caption that has e.
19202 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19206 \begin_inset space \space{}
19210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19214 \begin_inset space ~
19218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19221 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19222 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19224 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19225 \begin_inset Index idx
19228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19234 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19235 paragraph within the float.
19236 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19237 by left-clicking on the box label.
19238 A closed float box looks like this:
19239 \begin_inset Graphics
19240 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19245 – a gray button with a red label.
19248 \begin_layout Standard
19249 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19250 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19253 \begin_layout Subsection
19257 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19259 \begin_inset Index idx
19262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19263 Floats ! Figure floats
19269 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19271 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19278 \begin_layout Standard
19281 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19282 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19285 inserts a float with the label
19286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19292 \begin_inset space ~
19298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19302 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19303 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19304 This is what we did for Figure
19305 \begin_inset space ~
19309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19311 reference "cap:Platypus"
19316 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19317 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19318 This was done in Figure
19319 \begin_inset space ~
19323 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19325 reference "cap:Escher"
19332 \begin_layout Standard
19333 \begin_inset Float figure
19338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19340 \begin_inset Graphics
19341 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19343 rotateOrigin center
19350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19351 \begin_inset Caption
19353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19356 name "cap:Platypus"
19360 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19373 \begin_layout Standard
19374 \begin_inset Float figure
19379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19380 \begin_inset Caption
19382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19383 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19400 \begin_inset Graphics
19401 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19403 rotateOrigin center
19415 \begin_layout Standard
19416 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19418 As described in section
19419 \begin_inset space ~
19423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19425 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19429 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19431 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19434 and refer to it using the menu
19436 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19440 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19449 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19461 \begin_layout Standard
19462 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19463 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19464 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19465 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19467 \begin_inset space ~
19471 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19473 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19477 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19478 You can also set the images one below the other.
19480 \begin_inset space ~
19484 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19486 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19493 reference "fig:Platypus"
19497 are the subfigures.
19500 \begin_layout Standard
19501 \begin_inset Float figure
19506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19507 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19511 \begin_inset Float figure
19516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19517 \begin_inset Caption
19519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19520 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19522 name "fig:Undefinable"
19534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19535 \begin_inset Graphics
19536 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19547 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19551 \begin_inset Float figure
19556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19557 \begin_inset Caption
19559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19560 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19562 name "fig:Platypus"
19574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19575 \begin_inset Graphics
19576 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19588 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19595 \begin_inset Caption
19597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19598 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19600 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19604 Two distorted images.
19617 \begin_layout Standard
19618 Note that the caption is added to the
19621 \begin_inset space ~
19625 \begin_inset space ~
19630 as described in section
19631 \begin_inset space ~
19635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19637 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19644 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19646 \begin_inset Index idx
19649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19650 Floats ! Table floats
19658 \begin_layout Standard
19659 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19661 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19662 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19666 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19669 \begin_inset space ~
19673 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19675 reference "cap:Table-float"
19679 is an example of a table float.
19682 \begin_layout Standard
19683 \begin_inset Float table
19688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19689 \begin_inset Caption
19691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19692 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19694 name "cap:Table-float"
19706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19708 \begin_inset Tabular
19709 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19710 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19711 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19712 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19713 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19840 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19861 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19863 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19884 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19905 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19907 \begin_inset Index idx
19910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19911 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19919 \begin_layout Standard
19920 This float type is inserted with the menu
19922 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19923 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19927 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19928 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19932 , described in section
19933 \begin_inset space ~
19937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19939 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19946 \begin_layout Standard
19947 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19955 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19961 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19964 \begin_layout Standard
19969 floatname{algorithm}{your
19970 \begin_inset space ~
19976 \begin_layout Standard
19977 to the document preamble (menu
19979 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19986 \begin_inset space ~
19992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20006 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20008 \begin_inset Index idx
20011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20012 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20020 \begin_layout Standard
20021 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20029 \begin_inset Graphics
20030 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20032 rotateOrigin center
20039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20040 \begin_inset Caption
20042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20043 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20045 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20049 This is a wrapped figure.
20050 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20063 This float type is used if you want to
20064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20071 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20073 It can be inserted using the menu
20075 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20076 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20078 \begin_inset space ~
20083 if the LaTeX-package
20088 \begin_inset Index idx
20091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20092 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20102 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20105 \begin_inset space ~
20115 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20118 \begin_inset space ~
20122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20124 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20128 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20129 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20137 Available units are explained in Appendix
20138 \begin_inset space ~
20142 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20144 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20153 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20157 \begin_layout Standard
20158 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20166 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20167 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20171 \begin_inset space \space{}
20174 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20175 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20184 \begin_layout Itemize
20185 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20186 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20187 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20188 page breaks will appear.
20191 \begin_layout Itemize
20192 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20193 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20196 \begin_layout Itemize
20197 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20198 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20201 \begin_layout Itemize
20202 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20205 \begin_layout Subsection
20207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20209 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20214 \begin_inset Index idx
20217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20226 \begin_layout Standard
20227 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20228 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20232 \begin_inset space ~
20240 \begin_layout Standard
20241 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20242 have a multi-column document).
20243 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20246 \begin_inset space ~
20252 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20253 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20260 \begin_layout Standard
20261 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20262 format is also the same: Table
20263 \begin_inset space ~
20267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20269 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20273 is an example of a rotated table float.
20276 \begin_layout Standard
20277 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20285 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20293 \begin_layout Standard
20294 \begin_inset Float table
20299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20300 \begin_inset Caption
20302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20303 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20305 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20319 \begin_inset Tabular
20320 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20321 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20322 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20323 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20324 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20325 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20326 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20386 \begin_layout Subsection
20388 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20390 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20395 \begin_inset Index idx
20398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20407 \begin_layout Standard
20408 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20409 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20410 \begin_inset Newline newline
20416 \begin_inset space ~
20421 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20422 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20423 \begin_inset Newline newline
20429 \begin_inset space ~
20434 is used to rotate floats, see section
20435 \begin_inset space ~
20439 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20441 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20448 \begin_layout Standard
20449 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20450 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20453 \begin_inset space ~
20457 \begin_inset space ~
20465 \begin_layout Description
20467 \begin_inset space ~
20471 \begin_inset space ~
20474 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20477 \begin_layout Description
20479 \begin_inset space ~
20483 \begin_inset space ~
20486 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20489 \begin_layout Description
20491 \begin_inset space ~
20495 \begin_inset space ~
20498 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20501 \begin_layout Description
20503 \begin_inset space ~
20507 \begin_inset space ~
20510 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20513 \begin_layout Standard
20514 The order of the above option is
20519 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20523 \begin_inset space ~
20527 \begin_inset space ~
20535 \begin_inset space ~
20539 \begin_inset space ~
20544 , and then the others.
20545 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20547 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20548 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20551 \begin_layout Standard
20552 By default, each option has its own rules:
20555 \begin_layout Standard
20559 \begin_inset space ~
20563 \begin_inset space ~
20568 only floats occupying less than 70
20569 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20572 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20575 \begin_layout Standard
20579 \begin_inset space ~
20583 \begin_inset space ~
20588 : only floats occupying less than 30
20589 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20592 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20595 \begin_layout Standard
20599 \begin_inset space ~
20603 \begin_inset space ~
20608 : only if more than 50
20609 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20612 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20616 \begin_layout Standard
20617 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20621 \begin_inset space ~
20625 \begin_inset space ~
20633 \begin_layout Standard
20634 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20635 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20636 For this case you can use the option
20639 \begin_inset space ~
20645 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20647 Because the float is then no longer able to
20648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20655 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20658 \begin_layout Standard
20659 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20660 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20663 \begin_layout Standard
20664 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20666 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20668 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20675 \begin_layout Section
20677 \begin_inset Index idx
20680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20687 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20689 name "sec:Minipages"
20696 \begin_layout Standard
20697 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20699 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20700 \begin_inset space ~
20707 \begin_layout Standard
20708 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20710 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20714 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20715 and its alignment within the page.
20718 \begin_layout Standard
20720 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20729 height_special "totalheight"
20732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20735 This is a minipage.
20736 The text is set in an italic style.
20739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20742 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20743 another formatting.
20751 \begin_layout Standard
20752 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20755 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20759 as described in section
20760 \begin_inset space ~
20764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20766 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20771 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20777 \begin_layout Standard
20778 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20787 height_special "totalheight"
20790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20791 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20792 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20798 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20802 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20811 height_special "totalheight"
20814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20815 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20816 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20824 \begin_layout Standard
20825 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20831 \begin_layout Standard
20832 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20833 to other box types.
20834 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20845 \begin_layout Chapter
20846 Mathematical Formulas
20847 \begin_inset Index idx
20850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20857 \begin_inset Index idx
20860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20889 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20891 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20898 \begin_layout Standard
20899 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20904 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20907 \begin_layout Section
20909 \begin_inset Index idx
20912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20921 \begin_layout Standard
20922 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20923 \begin_inset Graphics
20924 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20929 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20931 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20932 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20933 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20935 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20941 \begin_layout Standard
20942 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20946 \begin_inset space ~
20951 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20954 \begin_layout Standard
20955 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20956 line, like this one:
20959 \begin_layout Standard
20960 This is a line with an inline formula
20961 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20967 \begin_layout Standard
20968 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
20969 paragraph, like this one:
20970 \begin_inset Formula \[
20975 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20978 \begin_layout Standard
20979 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20981 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20985 \begin_inset space \space{}
20989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21002 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21003 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21007 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21010 \begin_inset space ~
21018 \begin_layout Subsection
21019 Navigating in Formulas
21020 \begin_inset Index idx
21023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21032 \begin_layout Standard
21033 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21034 achieved with the arrow keys.
21035 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21036 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21041 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21042 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21046 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21050 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21052 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
21060 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21065 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21066 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21069 \begin_layout Standard
21074 , printed in this document as
21075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21096 \begin_inset Note Note
21099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21100 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21101 space character (visible space).
21106 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21107 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21108 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21113 For example, if you want
21114 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21168 , since in the latter case only the
21171 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21176 will be under the square root sign:
21177 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21183 \begin_layout Standard
21184 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21186 \begin_inset Formula \[
21187 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21190 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21194 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21195 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21198 \begin_layout Subsection
21202 \begin_layout Standard
21203 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21204 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21208 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21209 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21210 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21211 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21212 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21215 \begin_layout Subsection
21216 Exponents and Subscripts
21217 \begin_inset Index idx
21220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21227 \begin_inset Index idx
21230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21239 \begin_layout Standard
21240 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21241 way is to use a command.
21243 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21246 , type in a formula
21252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21268 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21274 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21278 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21299 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21308 , you have to use an extra
21312 to separate the hat and the character.
21314 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21318 \begin_inset space \space{}
21322 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21343 Subscripts are similar: To get
21344 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21367 \begin_layout Subsection
21369 \begin_inset Index idx
21372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21381 \begin_layout Standard
21382 Create a fraction with either the command
21389 \begin_inset Graphics
21390 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21398 \begin_inset space ~
21404 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21405 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21406 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21411 To move back up, press
21416 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21417 \begin_inset Formula \[
21418 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21420 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21427 \begin_layout Subsection
21429 \begin_inset Index idx
21432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21441 \begin_layout Standard
21442 Roots can be created using the
21445 \begin_inset space ~
21451 \begin_inset Graphics
21452 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21475 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21481 produces always a square root.
21484 \begin_layout Subsection
21485 Operators with Limits
21486 \begin_inset Index idx
21489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21496 \begin_inset Index idx
21499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21506 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21508 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21515 \begin_layout Standard
21517 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21521 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21524 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21525 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21526 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21527 The sum operator will automatically place its
21528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21535 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21538 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21542 \begin_inset Formula \[
21543 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21547 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21551 \begin_layout Standard
21552 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21554 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21555 behind the operator and hitting
21563 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21564 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21566 \begin_inset space ~
21570 \begin_inset space ~
21578 \begin_layout Standard
21579 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21587 feature as addition, such as
21588 \begin_inset Index idx
21591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21598 \begin_inset Formula \[
21599 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21603 which will place the
21604 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21616 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21617 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21623 \begin_layout Standard
21624 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21631 Have a look at section
21632 \begin_inset space ~
21636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21638 reference "sub:Functions"
21642 for an explanation of function macros.
21645 \begin_layout Subsection
21647 \begin_inset Index idx
21650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21659 \begin_layout Standard
21660 Most math symbols can be found in the
21663 \begin_inset space ~
21668 under one of several categories; including
21685 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21689 \begin_layout Standard
21690 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21691 you don't have to use the
21694 \begin_inset space ~
21699 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21700 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21703 \begin_layout Subsection
21705 \begin_inset Index idx
21708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21717 \begin_layout Standard
21718 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
21723 arg "space-insert protected"
21729 \begin_inset space ~
21735 \begin_inset Graphics
21736 filename ../images/math/space.png
21741 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21742 For example, the sequence
21747 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21751 \begin_inset Graphics
21752 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21757 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21758 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21759 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21760 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
21762 Here are two examples:
21765 \begin_layout Standard
21775 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21781 \begin_layout Standard
21791 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21797 \begin_layout Subsection
21799 \begin_inset Index idx
21802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21809 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21811 name "sub:Functions"
21818 \begin_layout Standard
21822 \begin_inset space ~
21827 contains under the button
21828 \begin_inset Graphics
21829 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21833 a number of function macros, such as
21834 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21838 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21846 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21853 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21854 avoid confusions, because
21855 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21859 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21865 \begin_layout Standard
21866 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21868 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21872 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21878 \begin_layout Standard
21879 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
21880 s are placed, as described in section
21881 \begin_inset space ~
21885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21887 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21894 \begin_layout Subsection
21896 \begin_inset Index idx
21899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21908 \begin_layout Standard
21909 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21911 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21912 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
21913 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21917 \begin_inset space \space{}
21921 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21924 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21925 Our example is entered by typing
21933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21946 \begin_inset space ~
21950 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21952 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21956 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21959 \begin_layout Standard
21960 \begin_inset Float table
21965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21966 \begin_inset Caption
21968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21969 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21971 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21975 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21985 \begin_inset Tabular
21986 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21987 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21988 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21989 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21990 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22074 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22128 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22182 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22236 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22290 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22344 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22398 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22452 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22506 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22551 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22572 \begin_layout Standard
22573 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22576 \begin_inset space ~
22582 \begin_inset Graphics
22583 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22587 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22591 \begin_layout Section
22592 Brackets and Delimiters
22593 \begin_inset Index idx
22596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22603 \begin_inset Index idx
22606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22613 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22615 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22622 \begin_layout Standard
22623 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22624 For most purposes, using just the keys
22629 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22630 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22631 toolbar delimiter icon
22632 \begin_inset Graphics
22633 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22638 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22640 \begin_inset Formula \[
22641 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22643 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22647 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22648 \begin_inset Formula \[
22649 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22656 \begin_layout Standard
22657 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22658 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22661 \begin_layout Standard
22662 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22663 left side and right side.
22664 If you use the option
22667 \begin_inset space ~
22672 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22673 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22674 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22675 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22678 \begin_layout Standard
22679 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22680 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22681 inside the brackets.
22682 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22687 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22690 \begin_layout Section
22691 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22692 \begin_inset Index idx
22695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22702 \begin_inset Index idx
22705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22712 \begin_inset Index idx
22715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22716 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22724 \begin_layout Standard
22725 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22728 \begin_inset space ~
22734 \begin_inset Graphics
22735 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22740 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22741 Here is an example:
22742 \begin_inset Formula \[
22743 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22746 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22750 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22751 \begin_inset space ~
22755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22757 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22762 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22763 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22764 This alignment is set in the box
22769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22781 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22817 for every column as default.
22818 For example, the sequence
22819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22830 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22831 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22832 corresponds to the relevant column.
22833 The result will look like this:
22834 \begin_inset Formula \[
22836 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22837 column & has & has\, right\\
22838 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22845 \begin_layout Standard
22846 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22849 arg "newline-insert newline"
22852 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22853 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22855 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22858 or the math toolbar.
22861 \begin_layout Standard
22862 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22863 It can be created with the menu
22865 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22866 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22868 \begin_inset space ~
22880 Here is an example:
22881 \begin_inset Formula \[
22885 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22892 \begin_layout Standard
22893 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22896 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22899 arg "newline-insert newline"
22903 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22908 arg "newline-insert newline"
22911 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22919 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22920 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22921 A new row is created by every further hit of
22924 arg "newline-insert newline"
22928 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22929 Here is an example:
22930 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22931 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22932 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22936 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22937 where you want to start the shift and hit
22942 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22943 position to the next column.
22944 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22945 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22946 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22947 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22954 \begin_layout Standard
22955 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22962 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22963 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22966 reference "eq:asquared"
22971 The other types are described in section
22972 \begin_inset space ~
22976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22978 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22985 \begin_layout Section
22986 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22987 \begin_inset Index idx
22990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22991 Math ! Formula numbering
22997 \begin_inset Index idx
23000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23001 Math ! Referencing formulas
23007 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23009 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23016 \begin_layout Standard
23017 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23019 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23020 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23022 \begin_inset space ~
23030 arg "math-number-toggle"
23034 The formula number appears in LyX as
23035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23042 within parentheses.
23044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23051 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23053 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23054 the document class.
23055 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23056 separated by a dot:
23057 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23058 1+1=2\end{equation}
23065 arg "math-number-toggle"
23068 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23069 You can only number displayed formulas.
23072 \begin_layout Standard
23073 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23075 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23076 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23078 \begin_inset space ~
23082 \begin_inset space ~
23086 \begin_inset space ~
23094 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23097 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23098 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23100 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23101 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23105 To number all lines use the shortcut
23108 arg "math-number-toggle"
23114 \begin_layout Standard
23115 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23118 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23119 A label is inserted with the menu
23121 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23124 when the cursor is in the formula.
23125 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23126 It is recommended to use the proposed
23127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23138 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23139 type when you have many labels in your document.
23140 We inserted in the following example the label
23141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23148 in the second line:
23149 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23150 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23151 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23155 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23156 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23166 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23168 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23170 \begin_inset space ~
23176 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23177 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23178 as the formula number:
23181 \begin_layout Standard
23182 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23185 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23192 \begin_layout Standard
23193 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23194 \begin_inset space ~
23198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23200 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23205 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23208 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23211 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23216 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23224 \begin_layout Section
23225 User defined math macros
23226 \begin_inset Index idx
23229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23238 \begin_layout Standard
23239 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23240 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23241 Math macros are explained in section
23244 \begin_inset space ~
23256 \begin_layout Section
23260 \begin_layout Subsection
23262 \begin_inset Index idx
23265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23274 \begin_layout Standard
23275 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23276 To set a font in a formula, use the
23279 \begin_inset space ~
23285 \begin_inset Graphics
23286 filename ../images/math/font.png
23290 , or enter its command, listed in table
23291 \begin_inset space ~
23295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23297 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23304 \begin_layout Standard
23305 \begin_inset Float table
23310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23311 \begin_inset Caption
23313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23314 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23316 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23320 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23330 \begin_inset Tabular
23331 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23332 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23333 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23334 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23366 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23393 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23420 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23453 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23480 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23507 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23541 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23568 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23602 \begin_layout Standard
23603 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23611 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23627 \begin_layout Standard
23628 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23629 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23634 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23635 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23636 Here an example where
23637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23648 denotes the set of numbers:
23649 \begin_inset Formula \[
23650 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23657 \begin_layout Standard
23658 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23660 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23664 \begin_inset space \space{}
23676 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23680 \begin_inset Newline newline
23683 So it is better not to use this feature.
23686 \begin_layout Standard
23687 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23688 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23692 \begin_inset Newline newline
23695 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23701 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23702 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23708 \begin_layout Standard
23715 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23718 \begin_layout Standard
23719 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23721 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23722 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23724 \begin_inset space ~
23732 \begin_layout Subsection
23734 \begin_inset Index idx
23737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23746 \begin_layout Standard
23747 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23749 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23753 \begin_inset space ~
23757 \begin_inset space ~
23765 \begin_inset space ~
23771 \begin_inset Graphics
23772 filename ../images/math/font.png
23783 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23784 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23785 Here is an example:
23786 \begin_inset Formula \[
23788 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23789 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23796 \begin_layout Subsection
23798 \begin_inset Index idx
23801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23810 \begin_layout Standard
23811 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23812 automatically chosen in most situations.
23830 For most characters,
23838 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23839 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23844 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23845 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
23847 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23848 \begin_inset Graphics
23849 filename ../images/math/style.png
23854 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23855 For example, you can set
23856 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23859 , which is normally in
23868 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23872 The four styles are used in the following example:
23875 \begin_layout Standard
23876 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23880 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23884 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23888 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23894 \begin_layout Standard
23895 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23896 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23898 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23900 \begin_inset space ~
23905 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23906 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23907 will be adjusted to correspond.
23908 As an example here is a formula in the font size
23909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23919 \begin_layout Standard
23923 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23929 \begin_layout Section
23933 \begin_layout Standard
23934 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
23935 the document classes and into layout modules.
23936 \begin_inset Index idx
23939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23945 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
23946 other than the AMS classes.
23948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23950 reference "sub:Modules"
23954 for more on layout modules.
23957 \begin_layout Section
23959 \begin_inset Index idx
23962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23969 \begin_inset Index idx
23972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23981 \begin_layout Standard
23982 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
23983 (AMS) that are in common use.
23986 \begin_layout Subsection
23987 Enabling AMS-Support
23990 \begin_layout Standard
23991 Selecting the checkbox
23994 \begin_inset space ~
23998 \begin_inset space ~
24002 \begin_inset space ~
24009 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24013 \begin_inset Index idx
24016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24017 Document ! Settings
24025 \begin_inset space ~
24030 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24032 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24033 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24036 \begin_layout Subsection
24038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24040 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24045 \begin_inset Index idx
24048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24049 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24057 \begin_layout Standard
24058 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24059 LyX allows you to choose between
24080 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24083 \begin_layout Chapter
24087 \begin_layout Section
24089 \begin_inset Index idx
24092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24099 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24101 name "sec:Cross-References"
24108 \begin_layout Standard
24109 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24110 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24112 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24113 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24114 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24117 \begin_layout Enumerate
24121 \begin_layout Enumerate
24122 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24124 name "enu:Second-item"
24131 \begin_layout Enumerate
24135 \begin_layout Standard
24136 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24138 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24141 or by pressing the toolbar button
24142 \begin_inset Graphics
24143 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24149 A grey label box like this:
24150 \begin_inset Graphics
24151 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24156 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24157 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24192 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24193 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24197 \begin_inset space \space{}
24200 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24215 \begin_layout Standard
24216 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24218 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24221 or the toolbar button
24222 \begin_inset Graphics
24223 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24229 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24230 \begin_inset Graphics
24231 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24236 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24238 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24251 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24255 \begin_layout Standard
24258 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24261 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24266 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24267 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24269 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24275 \begin_layout Standard
24276 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24277 \begin_inset space ~
24281 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24283 reference "enu:Second-item"
24290 \begin_layout Standard
24291 It is recommended to use a protected space
24295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24296 described in section
24297 \begin_inset space ~
24301 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24303 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24312 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24316 \begin_layout Standard
24317 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24320 \begin_layout Description
24321 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24324 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24331 \begin_layout Description
24332 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24333 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24345 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24352 \begin_layout Description
24353 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24354 \begin_inset space ~
24358 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24359 LatexCommand pageref
24360 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24367 \begin_layout Description
24369 \begin_inset space ~
24373 \begin_inset space ~
24376 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24377 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24378 LatexCommand vpageref
24379 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24386 \begin_layout Description
24388 \begin_inset space ~
24392 \begin_inset space ~
24396 \begin_inset space ~
24399 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24401 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24403 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24410 \begin_layout Description
24412 \begin_inset space ~
24415 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24416 \begin_inset Newline newline
24420 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24428 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24433 \begin_inset Index idx
24436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24437 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24450 \begin_layout Standard
24451 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24452 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24454 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24458 \begin_inset space \space{}
24462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24476 \begin_layout Standard
24477 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
24478 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24479 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24483 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24487 \begin_layout Standard
24488 You can only use the style
24492 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24496 is always possible.
24499 \begin_layout Standard
24500 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24501 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24502 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24503 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24504 \begin_inset space ~
24508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24510 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24517 \begin_layout Standard
24521 \begin_inset space ~
24525 \begin_inset space ~
24530 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referenced
24532 The button text changes then to
24535 \begin_inset space ~
24540 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24541 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24542 referred label and you can go back with the toolbar button
24543 \begin_inset Graphics
24544 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24545 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24546 rotateOrigin center
24553 \begin_layout Standard
24554 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24555 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24556 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24559 \begin_layout Standard
24560 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you'll see two question
24561 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24564 \begin_layout Standard
24565 References are described in detail in the
24572 \begin_layout Section
24573 Table of Contents and other Listings
24574 \begin_inset Index idx
24577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24584 \begin_inset Index idx
24587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24594 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24603 \begin_layout Subsection
24605 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24607 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24614 \begin_layout Standard
24615 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24617 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24618 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24620 \begin_inset space ~
24624 \begin_inset space ~
24630 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24631 If you click on it, the
24635 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24636 sections in your documents.
24637 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24639 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24642 that is described in sec.
24643 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24647 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24649 reference "sec:Navigating"
24656 \begin_layout Standard
24657 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24658 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24660 \begin_inset space ~
24664 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24666 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24670 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24672 \begin_inset space ~
24676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24678 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24682 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24684 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24687 \begin_layout Subsection
24688 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24689 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24691 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24698 \begin_layout Standard
24699 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24700 You can insert them via the
24702 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24704 \begin_inset space ~
24708 \begin_inset space ~
24714 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24717 \begin_layout Section
24718 URLs and Hyperlinks
24719 \begin_inset Index idx
24722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24729 \begin_inset Index idx
24732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24741 \begin_layout Subsection
24743 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24752 \begin_layout Standard
24753 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24755 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24761 \begin_layout Standard
24762 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24763 \begin_inset Flex URL
24766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24776 \begin_layout Standard
24777 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24783 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24787 \begin_layout Standard
24788 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24796 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24804 \begin_layout Subsection
24806 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24808 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24815 \begin_layout Standard
24816 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24818 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24821 or with the toolbar button
24822 \begin_inset Graphics
24823 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24824 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24829 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24838 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24839 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24840 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24842 name "LyX's homepage"
24843 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24847 , an Email address like this:
24848 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24850 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24851 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24856 , or a link to a file.
24859 \begin_layout Standard
24860 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24873 to the link target.
24876 \begin_layout Standard
24877 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24878 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24879 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24880 the text style dialog.
24881 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24885 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24887 name "LyX's homepage"
24888 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24895 \begin_layout Standard
24896 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24900 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24902 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24903 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24907 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24909 \begin_inset Newline newline
24917 \begin_inset Newline newline
24924 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24927 \begin_layout Section
24929 \begin_inset Index idx
24932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24939 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24941 name "sec:Appendices"
24948 \begin_layout Standard
24949 Appendices are created with the menu
24951 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24953 \begin_inset space ~
24957 \begin_inset space ~
24963 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24964 as the appendix region.
24965 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24968 \begin_layout Standard
24969 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24970 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24971 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24972 and the subsection number.
24973 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24977 \begin_layout Standard
24979 \begin_inset space ~
24983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24985 reference "cha:Credits"
24990 \begin_inset space ~
24994 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24996 reference "sub:Export"
25003 \begin_layout Section
25005 \begin_inset Index idx
25008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25015 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25017 name "sec:Bibliography"
25024 \begin_layout Standard
25025 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25026 You can include a bibliography database,
25030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25031 Known under the name
25032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25044 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25045 manually, using the paragraph environment
25049 , which was described in section
25050 \begin_inset space ~
25054 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25056 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25061 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25062 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25066 use a bibliography database.
25069 \begin_layout Subsection
25070 The Bibliography Environment
25073 \begin_layout Standard
25078 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25080 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25089 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25091 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25100 , a short form of its title, as key.
25103 \begin_layout Standard
25104 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25106 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25109 or the toolbar button
25110 \begin_inset Graphics
25111 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25112 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25117 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25118 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25119 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25120 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25124 \begin_layout Standard
25125 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25126 entry with surrounding brackets.
25131 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25132 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25144 \begin_layout Standard
25147 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25150 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25152 key "latexcompanion"
25159 \begin_layout Standard
25160 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25161 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25170 \begin_layout Subsection
25171 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25172 \begin_inset Index idx
25175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25176 Bibliography ! Databases
25182 \begin_inset Index idx
25185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25186 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25192 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25194 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25201 \begin_layout Standard
25202 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25208 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25210 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25211 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25216 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25218 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25219 your working field in a database.
25220 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25221 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25223 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25227 \begin_layout Standard
25228 The database is a text file with the file extension
25229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25240 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25241 The format is explained in
25242 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25248 and in LaTeX books (
25249 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25251 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25256 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25257 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25258 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25259 \begin_inset Flex URL
25262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25264 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25272 \begin_layout Standard
25273 To use a database, use the menu
25275 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25280 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25293 \begin_inset space ~
25299 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25300 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25303 Add bibliography to TOC
25305 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25310 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25313 \begin_layout Standard
25314 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25326 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25327 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25328 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25330 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25336 For information how this is done, have a look at
25337 \begin_inset Newline newline
25341 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25343 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25355 \begin_layout Standard
25356 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25359 \begin_layout Standard
25360 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25361 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25364 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25392 \begin_inset space ~
25398 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25404 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25413 \begin_layout Standard
25414 When you select the option
25416 Sectioned bibliography
25420 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25423 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25424 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25426 Customizing Bibliographies
25434 Additional Features
25439 \begin_layout Standard
25440 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25441 the two methods of creating them.
25442 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25443 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25444 We used the style file
25448 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25451 \begin_layout Subsection
25452 Bibliography layout
25453 \begin_inset Index idx
25456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25457 Bibliography ! Layout
25465 \begin_layout Standard
25466 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25467 For this feature you need to enable the option
25473 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25477 \begin_inset Index idx
25480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25481 Document ! Settings
25491 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25492 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25493 in the previous section.
25496 \begin_layout Standard
25497 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25498 in the citation reference window.
25499 Here an example where we set the text
25500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25504 \begin_inset space ~
25508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25511 to appear after the reference:
25514 \begin_layout Standard
25516 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25519 key "latexcompanion"
25526 \begin_layout Section
25528 \begin_inset Index idx
25531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25538 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25547 \begin_layout Standard
25548 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25550 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25552 \begin_inset space ~
25557 or the toolbar button
25558 \begin_inset Graphics
25559 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25560 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25577 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25578 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25579 by LyX as the index entry.
25582 \begin_layout Standard
25583 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25584 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25586 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25588 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25595 \begin_layout Standard
25596 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25599 \begin_layout Standard
25600 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25602 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25604 \begin_inset space ~
25608 \begin_inset space ~
25611 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25613 \begin_inset space ~
25619 A light blue box labeled
25620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25631 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25632 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25635 \begin_layout Subsection
25636 Grouping Index Entries
25637 \begin_inset Index idx
25640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25649 \begin_layout Standard
25650 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25652 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25653 lists under the entry
25654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25662 First we create the entry
25663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25671 \begin_inset space ~
25675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25677 reference "sub:Lists"
25682 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25683 \begin_inset space ~
25687 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25689 reference "sec:Itemize"
25693 , we insert the command
25696 \begin_layout Standard
25702 \begin_layout Standard
25706 \begin_layout Standard
25712 \begin_layout Standard
25713 for the enumerated list in section
25714 \begin_inset space ~
25718 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25720 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25727 \begin_layout Standard
25728 The exclamation mark
25729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25736 marks the grouping levels.
25737 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25738 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25739 If we don't have an index entry for
25740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25747 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25750 \begin_layout Subsection
25752 \begin_inset Index idx
25755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25756 Index ! Page ranges
25764 \begin_layout Standard
25765 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25767 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25768 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25770 \begin_inset space ~
25774 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25776 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25783 \begin_layout Standard
25786 Paragraph environments|(
25789 \begin_layout Standard
25790 and another entry at the end of section
25791 \begin_inset space ~
25795 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25797 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25804 \begin_layout Standard
25807 Paragraph environments|)
25810 \begin_layout Standard
25812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25835 respectively start and end the index range.
25836 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25837 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25838 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25839 An example is the index entry
25840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25843 Document ! Settings
25844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25850 \begin_layout Subsection
25852 \begin_inset Index idx
25855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25856 Index ! Cross referencing
25864 \begin_layout Standard
25865 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25866 We referred for example in the index entry
25867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25875 \begin_inset space ~
25879 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25881 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25885 ) to the index entry
25886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25893 in the same section using the entry
25896 \begin_layout Standard
25899 GIF|see{Image formats}
25902 \begin_layout Standard
25903 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
25904 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25905 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25908 \begin_layout Subsection
25910 \begin_inset Index idx
25913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25914 Index ! Entry order
25922 \begin_layout Standard
25923 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25924 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25925 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25930 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25932 \begin_inset space ~
25936 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25938 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25947 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25948 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
25949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25973 \begin_inset Index idx
25976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25977 Dummy entries ! maïs
25983 \begin_inset Index idx
25986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25987 Dummy entries ! maître
25993 \begin_inset Index idx
25996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25997 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26002 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26003 order maïs, maison, maître.
26004 To achieve this, we use the command
26007 \begin_layout Standard
26010 previous entry@current entry
26013 \begin_layout Standard
26014 In our case we want to have
26015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26030 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26033 \begin_layout Standard
26039 \begin_layout Standard
26040 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26041 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26045 \begin_layout Standard
26046 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26052 \begin_layout Standard
26053 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26058 to generate the index (see sec.
26059 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26065 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26074 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26076 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26080 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26082 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26086 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26087 index commands start with
26088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26096 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26100 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26105 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26108 \begin_layout Standard
26120 \begin_layout Standard
26132 \begin_layout Subsection
26134 \begin_inset Index idx
26137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26138 Index ! Entry layout
26146 \begin_layout Standard
26147 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26148 \begin_inset Index idx
26151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26154 This is an italic dummy entry
26159 You can also format the page number using the character
26160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26167 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26168 We can write for example
26171 \begin_layout Standard
26174 italic page number:|textit
26177 \begin_layout Standard
26178 to get the page number in italic.
26179 \begin_inset Index idx
26182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26183 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26188 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26206 \begin_inset space ~
26212 Have a look at section
26213 \begin_inset space ~
26217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26219 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26223 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26226 \begin_layout Standard
26227 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26235 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26239 to generate the index, see section
26240 \begin_inset space ~
26244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26246 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26255 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26256 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26258 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26261 key "latexcompanion"
26273 \begin_layout Standard
26274 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26276 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26277 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26278 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26279 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26280 If so, put the following in the preamble
26283 \begin_layout Standard
26295 \begin_layout Standard
26299 \begin_layout Standard
26305 \begin_layout Standard
26306 in the index entry.
26307 \begin_inset Index idx
26310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26311 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26316 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26317 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26318 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26321 \begin_layout Standard
26322 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26324 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26328 \begin_inset space \space{}
26331 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26332 for all index entries.
26333 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26345 documentation for details,
26346 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26348 key "makeindex,xindy"
26355 \begin_layout Subsection
26357 \begin_inset Index idx
26360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26369 name "sub:Index-Program"
26376 \begin_layout Standard
26377 When the index entry program
26381 , which is only available for Linux, is installed, LyX uses it for index
26382 generation; otherwise the program
26386 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26387 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26388 dialog, see section
26389 \begin_inset space ~
26393 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26395 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26400 The available options are listed and explained in
26401 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26403 key "makeindex,xindy"
26408 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26411 \begin_layout Standard
26416 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26417 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26418 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26419 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26420 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26428 \begin_layout Section
26429 Nomenclature / Glossary
26430 \begin_inset Index idx
26433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26440 \begin_inset Index idx
26443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26472 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26474 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26481 \begin_layout Standard
26482 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26483 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26487 \begin_layout Standard
26488 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26493 \begin_inset Index idx
26496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26497 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26503 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26504 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26510 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26513 \begin_layout Standard
26514 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26515 and then use the menu
26517 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26523 \begin_inset space ~
26528 or the toolbar button
26529 \begin_inset Graphics
26530 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26531 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26548 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26551 \begin_layout Standard
26552 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26553 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26554 The second is the description of the symbol.
26557 \begin_layout Standard
26558 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26566 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26574 \begin_layout Subsection
26575 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26576 \begin_inset Index idx
26579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26580 Nomenclature ! Layout
26588 \begin_layout Standard
26589 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26593 field as LaTeX-formulas.
26595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26599 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26607 \begin_inset Newline newline
26615 \begin_inset Newline newline
26621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26628 character starts/ends the formula.
26629 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26641 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26651 \begin_layout Standard
26652 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26653 \begin_inset space ~
26657 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26659 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26666 \begin_layout Standard
26670 \begin_inset space ~
26675 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26676 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26681 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26688 in this document is:
26689 \begin_inset Newline newline
26694 dummy entry for the character
26699 \begin_inset Newline newline
26711 \begin_inset space ~
26721 font use the command
26750 \begin_layout Subsection
26751 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26752 \begin_inset Index idx
26755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26756 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26764 \begin_layout Standard
26765 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26766 the symbol definition.
26767 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26768 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26771 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26772 LatexCommand nomenclature
26774 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26781 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26785 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26786 LatexCommand nomenclature
26789 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26794 They will be sorted by
26795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26821 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26824 will be sorted before the
26828 since the character
26829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26836 is considered in sorting.
26839 \begin_layout Standard
26840 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26843 \begin_inset space ~
26848 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26849 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26851 For the example given, you can insert
26855 in this field for the
26856 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26863 will be located before
26864 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26870 \begin_layout Standard
26871 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26876 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26885 \begin_layout Subsection
26886 Nomenclature Options
26887 \begin_inset Index idx
26890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26891 Nomenclature ! Options
26899 \begin_layout Standard
26904 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26905 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26908 \begin_layout Description
26909 refeq Appends the phrase
26910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26925 to every nomenclature entry, where
26931 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26934 \begin_layout Description
26935 refpage Appends the phrase
26936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26951 to every nomenclature entry, where
26957 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26960 \begin_layout Description
26961 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26964 \begin_layout Standard
26965 There are furthermore the options
27009 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27013 \begin_layout Standard
27014 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27015 class options list in the
27017 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27021 In this document the option
27028 \begin_layout Standard
27029 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27035 \begin_layout Standard
27036 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27037 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27042 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27045 \begin_layout Description
27055 \begin_layout Description
27058 nomrefpage Like the
27065 \begin_layout Description
27068 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27077 \begin_layout Description
27081 \begin_inset space ~
27087 \begin_inset space ~
27092 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27095 \begin_layout Subsection
27096 Printing the Nomenclature
27097 \begin_inset Index idx
27100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27101 Nomenclature ! Printing
27109 \begin_layout Standard
27110 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27112 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27114 \begin_inset space ~
27118 \begin_inset space ~
27121 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27125 A light blue box labeled
27126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27137 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27138 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27141 \begin_layout Standard
27142 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27151 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27159 For example, in order to change the name to
27163 , add the following line to the preamble:
27166 \begin_layout Standard
27174 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27177 \begin_layout Standard
27178 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27184 \begin_layout Standard
27185 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27186 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27189 \begin_layout Standard
27197 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27200 \begin_layout Standard
27203 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27204 \begin_inset space ~
27208 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27210 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27215 The default value is 1
27216 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27222 \begin_layout Subsection
27223 Nomenclature Program
27224 \begin_inset Index idx
27227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27228 Nomenclature ! Program
27234 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27236 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27243 \begin_layout Standard
27244 LyX uses the program
27248 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27249 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27254 by adding options, see section
27255 \begin_inset space ~
27259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27261 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27266 The available options are listed and explained in
27267 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27269 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27276 \begin_layout Section
27278 \begin_inset Index idx
27281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27288 \begin_inset Index idx
27291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27292 Document ! Branches
27298 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27300 name "sec:Branches"
27307 \begin_layout Standard
27308 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27309 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27310 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27311 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27314 \begin_layout Standard
27315 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27316 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27317 To create a branch, go in the
27319 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27327 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27328 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27331 \begin_layout Standard
27332 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27333 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27335 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27338 where you can choose a branch.
27339 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27342 \begin_layout Standard
27343 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27344 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27347 \begin_layout Standard
27348 \begin_inset Branch Question
27351 \begin_layout Standard
27352 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27360 \begin_layout Standard
27361 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27364 \begin_layout Standard
27365 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27373 \begin_layout Standard
27374 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27380 \begin_layout Standard
27381 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27382 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27384 For example you can define for the question branch
27388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27389 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27390 \begin_inset space ~
27394 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27396 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27408 \begin_layout Standard
27418 \begin_layout Standard
27428 \begin_layout Standard
27429 and for the answer branch
27432 \begin_layout Standard
27442 \begin_layout Standard
27452 \begin_layout Standard
27453 \begin_inset Branch Question
27456 \begin_layout Standard
27460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27488 \begin_layout Standard
27489 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27492 \begin_layout Standard
27496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27524 \begin_layout Standard
27525 Now it is possible to use the commands
27529 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27536 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27539 to obtain conditional output.
27540 Here is an example formula where only the
27547 \begin_inset Formula \[
27548 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27555 \begin_layout Standard
27556 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27564 \begin_layout Section
27566 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27568 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27573 \begin_inset Index idx
27576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27585 \begin_layout Standard
27590 dialog allows you in the
27594 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27595 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27600 \begin_inset Index idx
27603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27604 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27612 \begin_layout Standard
27617 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27618 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27619 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27621 You can specify in the dialog tab
27625 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27627 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27628 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27632 \begin_layout Standard
27637 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27638 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27639 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27641 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27642 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27644 \begin_inset space ~
27647 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27648 \begin_inset space ~
27651 1 will only display the sections.
27654 \begin_layout Standard
27655 The header information in the dialog tab
27659 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27660 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
27661 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27665 \begin_inset space \space{}
27668 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
27669 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27672 Automatic fill header
27674 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
27675 title and author settings.
27678 \begin_layout Standard
27681 Load in fullscreen mode
27683 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27686 \begin_layout Standard
27687 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27688 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27694 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
27695 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27704 \begin_layout Section
27705 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27706 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27708 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27715 \begin_layout Subsection
27717 \begin_inset Index idx
27720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27727 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27729 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27736 \begin_layout Standard
27737 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27738 constructs, but not all.
27739 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27740 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
27741 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27742 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27743 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27747 \begin_layout Standard
27748 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27750 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
27752 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27754 \begin_inset space ~
27759 or by the toolbar button
27760 \begin_inset Graphics
27761 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27766 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27770 \begin_layout Standard
27771 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27772 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27773 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
27780 , you can write the command part
27786 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27790 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27791 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27792 the following example:
27795 \begin_layout Standard
27796 \begin_inset Graphics
27797 filename clipart/ERT.png
27805 \begin_layout Standard
27809 \begin_layout Standard
27810 This is a line with a
27814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27837 \begin_layout Standard
27838 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27846 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27847 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27855 \begin_layout Subsection
27856 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27857 \begin_inset OptArg
27860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27867 \begin_inset Index idx
27870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27877 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27879 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27886 \begin_layout Standard
27887 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27888 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27889 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27898 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27899 any time if you know the right commands.
27901 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27905 \begin_inset space \space{}
27908 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
27910 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27911 all caption labels bold.
27912 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27914 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
27918 \begin_layout Standard
27919 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27920 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
27921 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27923 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27932 \begin_layout Standard
27933 As result you know that the package
27938 \begin_inset Index idx
27941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27942 LaTeX-packages ! caption
27948 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27950 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27956 \begin_layout Standard
27961 usepackage[options]{package name}
27964 \begin_layout Standard
27965 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27966 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27967 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27970 \begin_layout Standard
27971 In your case the package name is
27976 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27981 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27982 So you add the command
27985 \begin_layout Standard
27990 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27993 \begin_layout Standard
27994 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27999 For more commands provided by the
28003 package, have a look at its documentation,
28004 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28018 \begin_layout Standard
28019 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28021 For example if you use a
28025 class, you don't need the package
28029 , you can instead write
28032 \begin_layout Standard
28037 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28042 \begin_layout Standard
28043 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28044 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28045 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28052 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28055 \begin_layout Standard
28056 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28057 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28059 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28060 the previous section.
28063 \begin_layout Standard
28064 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28066 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28068 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28076 \begin_layout Section
28077 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28078 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28080 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28085 \begin_inset Index idx
28088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28095 \begin_inset Index idx
28098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28107 \begin_layout Standard
28108 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28109 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28110 to break your train of thought with
28112 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28118 \begin_layout Standard
28119 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28120 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28125 \begin_inset Index idx
28128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28129 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28134 as explained below, and turn on
28137 \begin_inset space ~
28144 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28150 \begin_inset space ~
28154 \begin_inset space ~
28157 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28163 \begin_layout Standard
28164 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28166 Previews of an already loaded document are
28170 generated just by selecting the
28173 \begin_inset space ~
28178 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28181 \begin_layout Standard
28182 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28183 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28186 \begin_inset space ~
28191 check box in the insert dialog.
28192 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28196 \begin_layout Standard
28197 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28201 (on some systems named simply
28206 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28208 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28214 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28215 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28223 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28227 \begin_layout Standard
28228 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28234 \begin_layout Standard
28235 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28239 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28241 \begin_inset space ~
28246 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28247 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28249 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28250 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28251 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28252 the source view window.
28255 \begin_layout Section
28257 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28259 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28264 \begin_inset Index idx
28267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28276 \begin_layout Standard
28277 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28278 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28295 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28301 can be seen as the successor to
28305 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28310 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28311 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28319 \begin_layout Standard
28320 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28321 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28328 \begin_layout Standard
28331 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28334 or the toolbar button
28335 \begin_inset Graphics
28336 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28337 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28341 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28342 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28343 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28344 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28345 scrolled so that it is visible.
28350 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28352 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28356 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28357 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28360 \begin_layout Standard
28361 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28364 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28368 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28369 will bring an error message.
28370 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28371 specifying a different
28373 Alternative language
28375 in preferences dialog.
28378 \begin_layout Standard
28379 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28382 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28386 \begin_layout Standard
28387 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28388 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28390 But you can use the
28393 \begin_inset space ~
28397 \begin_inset space ~
28405 \begin_layout Standard
28406 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28407 This does work with
28411 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28414 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28418 \begin_layout Standard
28423 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28426 \begin_layout Description
28428 \begin_inset space ~
28431 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28432 should consider, e.
28433 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28437 \begin_inset space \space{}
28440 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28441 This should not normally be needed.
28444 \begin_layout Description
28446 \begin_inset space ~
28449 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28450 the spell checker's default choice
28453 \begin_layout Description
28455 \begin_inset space ~
28459 \begin_inset space ~
28462 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28474 \begin_layout Description
28476 \begin_inset space ~
28480 \begin_inset space ~
28483 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28485 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28492 also for the spellchecker.
28496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28497 The encodings are explained in section
28498 \begin_inset space ~
28502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28504 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28513 Only enable this if you use
28517 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28518 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28519 so this is disabled by default.
28522 \begin_layout Section
28524 \begin_inset Index idx
28527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28534 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28536 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28543 \begin_layout Standard
28544 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
28545 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
28554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28555 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28557 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
28566 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
28567 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
28568 are available for many languages.
28571 \begin_layout Standard
28572 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
28576 \begin_layout Subsection
28577 Setting up the thesaurus
28580 \begin_layout Standard
28585 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
28590 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
28595 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
28597 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28601 en_EN for English).
28602 For instance, the English files are named:
28605 \begin_layout Itemize
28609 \begin_layout Itemize
28613 \begin_layout Standard
28614 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
28615 already on your system.
28616 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
28617 \begin_inset Flex URL
28620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28622 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
28628 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
28633 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
28635 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
28636 unpack a zip archive.
28639 \begin_layout Standard
28648 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
28649 s), and specify the path to this directory in
28651 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28652 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28656 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
28659 \begin_layout Subsection
28660 Using the thesaurus
28663 \begin_layout Standard
28664 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
28666 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28669 or the toolbar button
28670 \begin_inset Graphics
28671 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28672 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28673 rotateOrigin center
28677 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
28679 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28681 The proposals are grouped into categories.
28682 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
28683 and hyponyms (such as
28691 ), compounds (such as
28695 ) and antonyms (such as
28703 ), which are marked as such.
28706 \begin_layout Standard
28707 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
28708 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
28712 \begin_layout Standard
28713 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
28714 the dictionary, such as the above
28718 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
28719 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28723 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
28724 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
28725 For example looking up the word forms
28733 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
28738 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
28739 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28751 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
28752 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
28753 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
28756 \begin_layout Subsection
28757 Lincense of the Thesaurus library
28760 \begin_layout Standard
28765 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
28770 as a standalone program.
28771 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
28772 The library was released under the
28774 Berkeley Database License
28776 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
28777 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
28778 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
28780 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
28783 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
28787 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
28790 \begin_layout Section
28792 \begin_inset Index idx
28795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28802 \begin_inset Index idx
28805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28806 Document ! Change Tracking
28812 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28814 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28821 \begin_layout Standard
28822 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
28823 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
28824 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
28825 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28827 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28829 \begin_inset space ~
28832 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28834 \begin_inset space ~
28842 \begin_layout Standard
28843 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28852 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28855 \begin_inset space ~
28859 \begin_inset space ~
28869 \begin_inset Index idx
28872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28881 \begin_layout Standard
28882 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28883 \begin_inset Index idx
28886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28895 \begin_layout Standard
28896 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28902 \begin_layout Standard
28903 \begin_inset Graphics
28904 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28911 \begin_layout Standard
28912 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28918 \begin_layout Standard
28919 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28923 \begin_layout Standard
28924 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28930 \begin_layout Standard
28931 \begin_inset Tabular
28932 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28933 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
28934 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28935 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28936 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28941 \begin_inset Graphics
28942 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28943 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28944 rotateOrigin center
28953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28959 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28961 \begin_inset space ~
28964 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28966 \begin_inset space ~
28975 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28980 \begin_inset Graphics
28981 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28982 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28983 rotateOrigin center
28992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28998 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29000 \begin_inset space ~
29003 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29005 \begin_inset space ~
29009 \begin_inset space ~
29013 \begin_inset space ~
29022 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29027 \begin_inset Graphics
29028 filename ../images/change-next.png
29029 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29030 rotateOrigin center
29039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29043 Jumps to the next change
29049 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29054 \begin_inset Graphics
29055 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29056 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29057 rotateOrigin center
29066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29072 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29074 \begin_inset space ~
29077 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29079 \begin_inset space ~
29088 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29093 \begin_inset Graphics
29094 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29095 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29096 rotateOrigin center
29105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29111 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29113 \begin_inset space ~
29116 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29118 \begin_inset space ~
29127 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29132 \begin_inset Graphics
29133 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29134 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29135 rotateOrigin center
29144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29150 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29152 \begin_inset space ~
29155 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29157 \begin_inset space ~
29166 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29171 \begin_inset Graphics
29172 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29173 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29174 rotateOrigin center
29183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29189 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29191 \begin_inset space ~
29194 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29196 \begin_inset space ~
29200 \begin_inset space ~
29209 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29214 \begin_inset Graphics
29215 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29216 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29217 rotateOrigin center
29226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29232 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29234 \begin_inset space ~
29237 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29239 \begin_inset space ~
29243 \begin_inset space ~
29252 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29257 \begin_inset Graphics
29258 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29259 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29260 rotateOrigin center
29269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29275 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29276 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29278 \begin_inset space ~
29287 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29292 \begin_inset Graphics
29293 filename ../images/note-next.png
29294 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29295 rotateOrigin center
29304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29310 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29312 \begin_inset space ~
29328 \begin_layout Standard
29329 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29335 \begin_layout Standard
29336 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29337 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29338 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29339 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29340 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29341 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29342 step to the next change.
29343 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29346 \begin_layout Standard
29347 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29348 to describe a change.
29351 \begin_layout Standard
29352 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29357 \begin_inset Index idx
29360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29361 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29367 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29368 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29374 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29377 \begin_layout Section
29378 International Support
29379 \begin_inset Index idx
29382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29383 International support
29391 \begin_layout Standard
29392 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29393 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29394 how to set up LyX to use them:
29395 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29397 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29404 \begin_layout Standard
29405 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29406 \begin_inset space ~
29410 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29412 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29419 \begin_layout Subsection
29421 \begin_inset Index idx
29424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29431 \begin_inset Index idx
29434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29435 Document ! Settings
29441 \begin_inset Index idx
29444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29445 Document ! Language
29453 \begin_layout Standard
29456 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29459 dialog lets you set
29461 the language and character encoding for your language.
29465 \begin_layout Standard
29466 Choose your language in the
29470 section of this dialog.
29478 \begin_layout Standard
29483 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29488 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29489 For details about the different encoding options see section
29490 \begin_inset space ~
29494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29496 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29503 \begin_layout Subsection
29504 Keyboard mapping configuration
29505 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29507 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29514 \begin_layout Standard
29515 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
29516 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29517 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29518 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29519 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29521 \begin_inset space ~
29525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29527 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29532 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29533 which one you want to use.
29536 \begin_layout Standard
29537 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29538 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29539 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29540 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29541 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29542 one to support the characters you want.
29543 This and many other customizations are explained in the
29550 \begin_layout Subsection
29554 \begin_layout Standard
29556 \begin_inset space ~
29560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29562 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29571 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29575 \begin_layout Standard
29576 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29577 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29585 \begin_layout Itemize
29586 Even if you have selected
29592 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29595 dialog, users who have only the
29599 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29603 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29604 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29605 french quotes won't show up.
29608 \begin_layout Standard
29609 \begin_inset Float table
29614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29615 \begin_inset Caption
29617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29618 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29620 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29638 \begin_inset Tabular
29639 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29640 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
29641 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29642 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29643 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29644 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29645 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29646 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29647 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29648 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29649 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29650 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29651 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29652 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29653 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29654 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29655 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29656 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29657 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34070 \begin_layout Standard
34071 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34073 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34074 also the characters from
34086 \begin_layout Itemize
34095 \begin_layout Standard
34096 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34097 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34103 \begin_layout Standard
34104 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34105 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34111 \begin_layout Standard
34112 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34113 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34119 \begin_layout Standard
34120 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34121 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34127 \begin_layout Standard
34129 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34135 \begin_layout Standard
34137 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34143 \begin_layout Standard
34145 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34152 \begin_layout Itemize
34165 \begin_layout Standard
34167 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34173 \begin_layout Standard
34175 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34181 \begin_layout Standard
34183 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34189 \begin_layout Standard
34191 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34197 \begin_layout Standard
34199 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34205 \begin_layout Standard
34207 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34214 \begin_layout Standard
34215 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34216 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34217 Also make sure you're using the
34224 \begin_layout Chapter
34227 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34229 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34236 \begin_layout Standard
34237 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34238 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34239 inside the user's guide.
34242 \begin_layout Section
34244 \begin_inset Index idx
34247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34256 \begin_layout Standard
34261 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34262 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34265 \begin_layout Subsection
34269 \begin_layout Standard
34270 Creates a new document.
34273 \begin_layout Subsection
34277 \begin_layout Standard
34278 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34279 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34280 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34283 \begin_layout Subsection
34287 \begin_layout Standard
34291 \begin_layout Subsection
34295 \begin_layout Standard
34296 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34297 Click there on a file to open it.
34300 \begin_layout Subsection
34304 \begin_layout Standard
34305 Closes the current document.
34308 \begin_layout Subsection
34312 \begin_layout Standard
34313 Saves the actual document.
34316 \begin_layout Subsection
34320 \begin_layout Standard
34321 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34324 \begin_layout Subsection
34328 \begin_layout Standard
34329 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34332 \begin_layout Subsection
34336 \begin_layout Standard
34337 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34338 It is described in the section
34340 Version Control in LyX
34344 Additional Features
34349 \begin_layout Subsection
34353 \begin_layout Standard
34354 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34355 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34356 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34359 \begin_layout Standard
34360 When using the menu
34363 \begin_inset space ~
34367 \begin_inset space ~
34372 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34373 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34374 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34375 will start a new paragraph.
34378 \begin_layout Subsection
34380 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34389 \begin_layout Standard
34390 You can export your document to various file formats.
34391 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34392 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34393 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34396 \begin_layout Standard
34397 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34399 \begin_inset space ~
34403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34405 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34412 \begin_layout Description
34416 \begin_inset space ~
34421 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34422 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34425 \begin_layout Description
34433 \begin_layout Description
34434 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34438 \begin_layout Description
34440 \begin_inset space ~
34444 \begin_inset space ~
34447 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34451 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34459 \begin_layout Description
34466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34474 \begin_inset space ~
34479 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34480 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34484 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34487 \begin_layout Description
34494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34502 \begin_inset space ~
34507 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34508 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34516 \begin_layout Description
34518 \begin_inset space ~
34521 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34529 is replaced by the version number)
34532 \begin_layout Description
34533 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34546 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34550 \begin_layout Description
34555 PDF-format using the program
34560 \begin_layout Description
34564 \begin_inset space ~
34569 PDF-format using the program
34574 \begin_layout Description
34578 \begin_inset space ~
34583 PDF-format using the program
34588 \begin_layout Description
34592 \begin_inset space ~
34600 \begin_layout Description
34604 \begin_inset space ~
34608 \begin_inset space ~
34613 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34614 and then exported as text using the program
34619 \begin_layout Description
34624 PostScript format using the program
34629 \begin_layout Description
34637 \begin_layout Standard
34642 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34643 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34649 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34652 \begin_layout Standard
34653 If one of the menu entries
34660 \begin_inset space ~
34669 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34670 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34671 \begin_inset space ~
34675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34677 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34682 \begin_inset Index idx
34685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34686 Reconfiguration of LyX
34694 \begin_layout Standard
34699 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34700 the export program.
34703 \begin_layout Subsection
34707 \begin_layout Standard
34708 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34709 or send it to a printer.
34710 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34711 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34717 For more information have a look at section
34718 \begin_inset space ~
34722 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34724 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34731 \begin_layout Subsection
34732 New and Close Window
34735 \begin_layout Standard
34736 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34737 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34740 \begin_layout Section
34742 \begin_inset Index idx
34745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34754 \begin_layout Subsection
34758 \begin_layout Standard
34759 Described in section
34760 \begin_inset space ~
34764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34766 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34773 \begin_layout Subsection
34774 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34777 \begin_layout Standard
34778 Described in section
34779 \begin_inset space ~
34783 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34785 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34792 \begin_layout Subsection
34796 \begin_layout Standard
34797 Selects the whole document.
34800 \begin_layout Subsection
34804 \begin_layout Standard
34805 Described in section
34806 \begin_inset space ~
34810 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34812 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34819 \begin_layout Subsection
34820 Move Paragraph Up/Down
34823 \begin_layout Standard
34824 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34828 \begin_layout Subsection
34832 \begin_layout Standard
34833 Described in section
34834 \begin_inset space ~
34838 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34840 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34847 \begin_layout Subsection
34849 \begin_inset Index idx
34852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34853 Paragraph ! Settings
34861 \begin_layout Standard
34862 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34864 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34867 \begin_layout Standard
34868 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34869 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34872 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34878 \begin_inset space ~
34886 \begin_layout Subsection
34890 \begin_layout Standard
34891 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
34893 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
34894 The properties of tables are described in section
34895 \begin_inset space ~
34899 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34901 reference "sec:Tables"
34905 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34906 \begin_inset space ~
34910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34912 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34919 \begin_layout Subsection
34920 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34923 \begin_layout Standard
34924 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34926 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34927 \begin_inset space ~
34931 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34933 reference "sec:Nesting"
34938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34940 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34947 \begin_layout Section
34949 \begin_inset Index idx
34952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34961 \begin_layout Standard
34966 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34967 document with an external program.
34968 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34969 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34970 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34971 \begin_inset space ~
34975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34977 reference "sub:Export"
34982 You should at least see the menu entries
34989 \begin_inset space ~
34995 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34996 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34997 \begin_inset space ~
35001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35003 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35008 \begin_inset Index idx
35011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35012 Reconfiguration of LyX
35020 \begin_layout Standard
35021 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35022 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35023 \begin_inset space ~
35027 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35029 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35034 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35037 \begin_layout Standard
35038 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35041 At the bottom of the
35045 menu the opened documents are listed.
35048 \begin_layout Subsection
35049 Open/Close all Insets
35052 \begin_layout Standard
35053 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35056 \begin_layout Subsection
35057 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35060 \begin_layout Standard
35061 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35064 \begin_layout Standard
35065 Math macros are described in the
35072 \begin_layout Subsection
35076 \begin_layout Standard
35077 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35079 \begin_inset space ~
35083 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35085 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35092 \begin_layout Subsection
35096 \begin_layout Standard
35097 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35098 opening a new view window.
35101 \begin_layout Subsection
35105 \begin_layout Standard
35106 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35107 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
35108 the same document, but at different positions.
35109 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
35110 or more documents the same time.
35111 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35118 \begin_layout Subsection
35122 \begin_layout Standard
35123 Closes a split view.
35126 \begin_layout Subsection
35130 \begin_layout Standard
35131 Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
35132 that you will see nothing than your text.
35133 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35134 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35135 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
35138 \begin_layout Subsection
35140 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35142 name "sub:Toolbars"
35147 \begin_inset Index idx
35150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35159 \begin_layout Standard
35160 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35161 All toolbars and the
35164 \begin_inset space ~
35169 can be turned on and off.
35174 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35186 \begin_inset space ~
35195 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35199 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35206 \begin_layout Standard
35211 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35215 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35216 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35217 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35218 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35219 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35222 \begin_layout Standard
35223 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
35224 \begin_inset space ~
35228 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35230 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35237 \begin_layout Section
35239 \begin_inset Index idx
35242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35251 \begin_layout Subsection
35255 \begin_layout Standard
35256 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35257 \begin_inset space ~
35261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35263 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35274 \begin_layout Subsection
35276 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35278 name "sub:Special-Character"
35285 \begin_layout Standard
35286 Here you can insert the following characters:
35289 \begin_layout Description
35290 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35291 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35292 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35293 \begin_inset Newline newline
35297 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35305 Not all characters will be visible in the
35309 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
35311 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35317 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35321 ) can display every character.
35329 \begin_layout Description
35330 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35334 \begin_layout Description
35336 \begin_inset space ~
35340 \begin_inset space ~
35343 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35344 \begin_inset space ~
35348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35350 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35357 \begin_layout Description
35359 \begin_inset space ~
35362 Quote Inserts this quote:
35363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35366 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35368 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35378 \begin_layout Description
35380 \begin_inset space ~
35383 Quote Inserts this quote:
35384 \begin_inset Quotes els
35390 \begin_layout Description
35392 \begin_inset space ~
35395 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35399 \begin_layout Description
35401 \begin_inset space ~
35404 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35408 \begin_layout Description
35410 \begin_inset space ~
35413 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35417 \begin_layout Description
35419 \begin_inset space ~
35423 \begin_inset Index idx
35426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35433 \begin_inset Index idx
35436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35437 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35442 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35443 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35444 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35449 \begin_inset Index idx
35452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35453 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35459 \begin_inset Newline newline
35462 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35466 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35474 and this Wiki-page:
35475 \begin_inset Newline newline
35479 \begin_inset Flex URL
35482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35484 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35492 \begin_layout Subsection
35496 \begin_layout Standard
35497 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35500 \begin_layout Description
35501 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35502 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35508 \begin_layout Description
35509 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35510 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35516 \begin_layout Description
35518 \begin_inset space ~
35521 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35522 \begin_inset space ~
35526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35528 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35535 \begin_layout Description
35537 \begin_inset space ~
35540 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35541 \begin_inset space ~
35545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35547 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35554 \begin_layout Description
35556 \begin_inset space ~
35559 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35560 \begin_inset space ~
35564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35566 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35573 \begin_layout Description
35575 \begin_inset space ~
35578 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35579 \begin_inset space ~
35583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35585 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35592 \begin_layout Description
35594 \begin_inset space ~
35597 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35598 \begin_inset space ~
35602 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35604 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35611 \begin_layout Description
35613 \begin_inset space ~
35616 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35617 \begin_inset space ~
35621 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35623 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35630 \begin_layout Description
35632 \begin_inset space ~
35635 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35636 \begin_inset space ~
35640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35642 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35649 \begin_layout Description
35651 \begin_inset space ~
35654 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35655 \begin_inset space ~
35659 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35661 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35668 \begin_layout Description
35670 \begin_inset space ~
35674 \begin_inset space ~
35677 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35678 \begin_inset space ~
35682 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35684 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35691 \begin_layout Description
35693 \begin_inset space ~
35696 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35697 text line to the page border, see section
35698 \begin_inset space ~
35702 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35704 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35711 \begin_layout Description
35713 \begin_inset space ~
35716 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35717 \begin_inset space ~
35721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35723 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35730 \begin_layout Description
35732 \begin_inset space ~
35735 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35736 text page to the page border, described in section
35737 \begin_inset space ~
35741 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35743 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35750 \begin_layout Description
35752 \begin_inset space ~
35755 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35756 \begin_inset space ~
35760 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35762 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35769 \begin_layout Description
35771 \begin_inset space ~
35775 \begin_inset space ~
35778 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35779 \begin_inset space ~
35783 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35785 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35792 \begin_layout Subsection
35796 \begin_layout Standard
35797 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35798 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35800 \begin_inset space ~
35804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35806 reference "sec:toc"
35811 The index list is described in section
35812 \begin_inset space ~
35816 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35818 reference "sec:Index"
35822 , the nomenclature in section
35823 \begin_inset space ~
35827 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35829 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35833 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35834 \begin_inset space ~
35838 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35840 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35847 \begin_layout Subsection
35851 \begin_layout Standard
35852 To insert floats, described in section
35853 \begin_inset space ~
35857 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35859 reference "sec:Floats"
35866 \begin_layout Subsection
35870 \begin_layout Standard
35871 To insert notes, described in section
35872 \begin_inset space ~
35876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35878 reference "sec:Notes"
35885 \begin_layout Subsection
35889 \begin_layout Standard
35890 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35891 \begin_inset space ~
35895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35897 reference "sec:Branches"
35904 \begin_layout Subsection
35906 \begin_inset Index idx
35909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35918 \begin_layout Standard
35919 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
35920 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35931 \begin_layout Subsection
35933 \begin_inset Index idx
35936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35945 \begin_layout Standard
35946 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35947 \begin_inset space ~
35951 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35953 reference "sec:Minipages"
35958 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35969 \begin_layout Subsection
35973 \begin_layout Standard
35974 Inserts a citation as described in section
35975 \begin_inset space ~
35979 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35981 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35988 \begin_layout Subsection
35992 \begin_layout Standard
35993 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35994 \begin_inset space ~
35998 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36000 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36007 \begin_layout Subsection
36011 \begin_layout Standard
36012 Inserts a label as described in section
36013 \begin_inset space ~
36017 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36019 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36026 \begin_layout Subsection
36028 \begin_inset Index idx
36031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36038 \begin_inset Index idx
36041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36042 Longtables ! Caption
36050 \begin_layout Standard
36051 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
36052 Floats are described in section
36053 \begin_inset space ~
36057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36059 reference "sec:Floats"
36063 , captions in longtables are described in section
36074 \begin_layout Subsection
36078 \begin_layout Standard
36079 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36080 \begin_inset space ~
36084 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36086 reference "sec:Index"
36093 \begin_layout Subsection
36097 \begin_layout Standard
36098 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36099 \begin_inset space ~
36103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36105 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36112 \begin_layout Subsection
36116 \begin_layout Standard
36118 Tables are described in section
36119 \begin_inset space ~
36123 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36125 reference "sec:Tables"
36132 \begin_layout Subsection
36136 \begin_layout Standard
36138 Graphics are described in section
36139 \begin_inset space ~
36143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36145 reference "sec:Graphics"
36152 \begin_layout Subsection
36156 \begin_layout Standard
36157 Inserts an URL as described in section
36158 \begin_inset space ~
36162 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36164 reference "sub:URLs"
36171 \begin_layout Subsection
36175 \begin_layout Standard
36176 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36177 \begin_inset space ~
36181 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36183 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36190 \begin_layout Subsection
36194 \begin_layout Standard
36195 Inserts a footnote, see section
36196 \begin_inset space ~
36200 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36202 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36209 \begin_layout Subsection
36213 \begin_layout Standard
36214 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36215 \begin_inset space ~
36219 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36221 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36228 \begin_layout Subsection
36232 \begin_layout Standard
36233 Inserts a short title, see section
36234 \begin_inset space ~
36238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36240 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36247 \begin_layout Subsection
36251 \begin_layout Standard
36252 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36253 \begin_inset space ~
36257 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36259 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36266 \begin_layout Subsection
36268 \begin_inset Index idx
36271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36280 \begin_layout Standard
36281 Inserts a program listings box.
36282 Program listings are explained in chapter
36284 Program Code Listings
36293 \begin_layout Subsection
36297 \begin_layout Standard
36298 Inserts the actual date.
36299 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36301 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
36311 There the different methods are also compared.
36314 \begin_layout Section
36316 \begin_inset Index idx
36319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36328 \begin_layout Standard
36329 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36330 \begin_inset space ~
36333 of the current document.
36334 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36337 \begin_layout Subsection
36341 \begin_layout Standard
36342 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36343 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36345 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36349 \begin_inset space \space{}
36353 \begin_inset space ~
36357 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36358 \begin_inset space ~
36361 2.5 and use the menu
36364 \begin_inset space ~
36368 \begin_inset space ~
36375 \begin_inset space ~
36381 \begin_inset space ~
36385 \begin_inset space ~
36391 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36395 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36401 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36407 \begin_layout Standard
36408 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36409 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36412 \begin_layout Subsection
36413 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36416 \begin_layout Standard
36417 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36421 \begin_layout Subsection
36425 \begin_layout Standard
36426 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36427 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36428 on a cross-reference box.
36431 \begin_layout Section
36433 \begin_inset Index idx
36436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36445 \begin_layout Subsection
36449 \begin_layout Standard
36450 Change Tracking is described in section
36451 \begin_inset space ~
36455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36457 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36464 \begin_layout Subsection
36469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36479 \begin_layout Standard
36480 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36482 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36485 \begin_layout Standard
36486 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36491 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36494 \begin_layout Subsection
36498 \begin_layout Standard
36499 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36500 \begin_inset space ~
36504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36506 reference "sec:Navigating"
36511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36513 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36520 \begin_layout Subsection
36521 Start Appendix Here
36524 \begin_layout Standard
36525 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36526 position as described in section
36527 \begin_inset space ~
36531 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36533 reference "sec:Appendices"
36540 \begin_layout Subsection
36544 \begin_layout Standard
36545 Un/compresses the current document.
36548 \begin_layout Subsection
36552 \begin_layout Standard
36553 The document settings are described in appendix
36554 \begin_inset space ~
36558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36560 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
36567 \begin_layout Section
36569 \begin_inset Index idx
36572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36581 \begin_layout Subsection
36585 \begin_layout Standard
36586 Spell checking is explained in section
36587 \begin_inset space ~
36591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36593 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36600 \begin_layout Subsection
36604 \begin_layout Standard
36605 The thesaurus is described in section
36606 \begin_inset space ~
36610 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36612 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36619 \begin_layout Subsection
36621 \begin_inset Index idx
36624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36631 \begin_inset Index idx
36634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36643 \begin_layout Standard
36644 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
36645 highlighted document part.
36648 \begin_layout Subsection
36650 \begin_inset Index idx
36653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36662 \begin_layout Standard
36663 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36666 \begin_layout Subsection
36668 \begin_inset Index idx
36671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36672 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36683 Reconfiguration of LyX
36687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36700 \begin_inset Index idx
36703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36704 Reconfiguration of LyX
36712 \begin_layout Standard
36713 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36714 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36715 \begin_inset space ~
36719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36721 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36728 \begin_layout Subsection
36732 \begin_layout Standard
36733 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
36734 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36740 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36747 \begin_layout Section
36749 \begin_inset Index idx
36752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36761 \begin_layout Standard
36762 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36766 \begin_layout Standard
36770 \begin_inset space ~
36775 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
36776 found by LyX (see also section
36777 \begin_inset space ~
36781 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36783 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36790 \begin_layout Section
36792 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36794 name "sec:Toolbars"
36801 \begin_layout Standard
36802 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36803 \begin_inset space ~
36807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36809 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36816 \begin_layout Standard
36817 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36818 This is described in the
36820 Additional Features
36825 \begin_layout Subsection
36827 \begin_inset Index idx
36830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36839 \begin_layout Standard
36840 \begin_inset Graphics
36841 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36849 \begin_layout Standard
36850 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36856 \begin_layout Standard
36857 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36874 \begin_inset Note Note
36877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36878 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36883 manual for more information.
36891 \begin_layout Standard
36892 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36898 \begin_layout Standard
36899 \begin_inset Tabular
36900 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36901 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
36902 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36903 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36909 \begin_inset Graphics
36910 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36924 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
36937 \begin_layout Standard
36938 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36944 \begin_layout Standard
36946 \begin_inset Tabular
36947 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
36948 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
36949 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36950 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36951 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36958 \begin_inset Graphics
36959 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36960 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36975 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36982 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36987 \begin_inset Graphics
36988 filename ../images/file-open.png
36989 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37004 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37011 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37016 \begin_inset Graphics
37017 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37018 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37033 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37040 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37045 \begin_inset Graphics
37046 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37047 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37062 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37069 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37074 \begin_inset Graphics
37075 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37076 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37091 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37098 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37103 \begin_inset Graphics
37104 filename ../images/undo.png
37105 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37120 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37127 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37132 \begin_inset Graphics
37133 filename ../images/redo.png
37134 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37149 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37156 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37161 \begin_inset Graphics
37162 filename ../images/cut.png
37163 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37178 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37185 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37190 \begin_inset Graphics
37191 filename ../images/copy.png
37192 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37207 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37214 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37219 \begin_inset Graphics
37220 filename ../images/paste.png
37221 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37236 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37243 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37248 \begin_inset Graphics
37249 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37250 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37251 rotateOrigin center
37260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37266 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37268 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37272 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37281 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37286 \begin_inset Graphics
37287 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37288 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37289 rotateOrigin center
37298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37304 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37305 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37312 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37317 \begin_inset Graphics
37318 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37319 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37332 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37334 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37336 \begin_inset space ~
37347 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37352 \begin_inset Graphics
37353 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37354 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37367 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37369 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37371 \begin_inset space ~
37382 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37387 \begin_inset Graphics
37388 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37389 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37402 Formats text using the current settings in the
37404 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37406 \begin_inset space ~
37417 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37422 \begin_inset Graphics
37423 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37424 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37439 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37440 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37442 \begin_inset space ~
37451 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37456 \begin_inset Graphics
37457 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37458 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37459 rotateOrigin center
37468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37474 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37481 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37486 \begin_inset Graphics
37487 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37488 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37489 rotateOrigin center
37498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37504 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37511 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37516 \begin_inset Graphics
37517 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37518 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37519 rotateOrigin center
37528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37532 Toggle outline window on/off,
37534 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37541 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37546 \begin_inset Graphics
37547 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37548 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37549 rotateOrigin center
37558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37562 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37568 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37573 \begin_inset Graphics
37574 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37575 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37576 rotateOrigin center
37585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37589 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37602 \begin_layout Subsection
37604 \begin_inset Index idx
37607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37616 \begin_layout Standard
37617 \begin_inset Graphics
37618 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37626 \begin_layout Standard
37627 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37633 \begin_layout Standard
37634 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37638 \begin_layout Standard
37639 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37645 \begin_layout Standard
37646 \begin_inset Tabular
37647 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
37648 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
37649 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37650 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37651 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37656 \begin_inset Graphics
37657 filename ../images/layout.png
37658 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37659 rotateOrigin center
37668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37678 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37683 \begin_inset Graphics
37684 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37685 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37686 rotateOrigin center
37695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37705 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37710 \begin_inset Graphics
37711 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37712 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37713 rotateOrigin center
37722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37732 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37737 \begin_inset Graphics
37738 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37739 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37740 rotateOrigin center
37749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37759 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37764 \begin_inset Graphics
37765 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37766 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37767 rotateOrigin center
37776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37786 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37791 \begin_inset Graphics
37792 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37793 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37794 rotateOrigin center
37803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37809 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37811 \begin_inset space ~
37815 \begin_inset space ~
37824 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37829 \begin_inset Graphics
37830 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37831 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37832 rotateOrigin center
37841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37847 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37849 \begin_inset space ~
37853 \begin_inset space ~
37862 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37867 \begin_inset Graphics
37868 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37869 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37884 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37885 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37892 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37897 \begin_inset Graphics
37898 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37899 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37914 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37915 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37922 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37927 \begin_inset Graphics
37928 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37929 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37944 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37951 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37956 \begin_inset Graphics
37957 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37958 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37973 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37980 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37985 \begin_inset Graphics
37986 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37987 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38002 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38009 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38014 \begin_inset Graphics
38015 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38016 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38031 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38033 \begin_inset space ~
38042 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38047 \begin_inset Graphics
38048 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38049 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38064 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38066 \begin_inset space ~
38075 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38080 \begin_inset Graphics
38081 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38082 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38097 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38104 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38109 \begin_inset Graphics
38110 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38111 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38112 rotateOrigin center
38121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38127 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38129 \begin_inset space ~
38138 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38143 \begin_inset Graphics
38144 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38145 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38160 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38161 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38163 \begin_inset space ~
38172 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38177 \begin_inset Graphics
38178 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38179 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38194 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38201 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38206 \begin_inset Graphics
38207 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38208 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38223 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38230 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38235 \begin_inset Graphics
38236 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38237 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38252 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38274 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38279 \begin_inset Graphics
38280 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38281 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38296 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38297 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38304 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38309 \begin_inset Graphics
38310 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38311 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38326 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38327 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38329 \begin_inset space ~
38338 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38343 \begin_inset Graphics
38344 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38345 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38346 rotateOrigin center
38355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38361 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38363 \begin_inset space ~
38372 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38377 \begin_inset Graphics
38378 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38379 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38380 rotateOrigin center
38389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38395 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38397 \begin_inset space ~
38406 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38411 \begin_inset Graphics
38412 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38413 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38414 rotateOrigin center
38423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38429 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38443 \begin_layout Subsection
38444 View / Update Toolbar
38445 \begin_inset Index idx
38448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38449 Toolbar ! View / Update
38457 \begin_layout Standard
38458 \begin_inset Graphics
38459 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38466 \begin_layout Standard
38467 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38473 \begin_layout Standard
38474 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38478 \begin_layout Standard
38479 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38485 \begin_layout Standard
38486 \begin_inset Tabular
38487 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38488 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
38489 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38490 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38491 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38496 \begin_inset Graphics
38497 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38498 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38499 rotateOrigin center
38508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38514 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38521 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38526 \begin_inset Graphics
38527 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38528 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38529 rotateOrigin center
38538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38544 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38545 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38552 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38557 \begin_inset Graphics
38558 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38559 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38560 rotateOrigin center
38569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38575 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38582 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38587 \begin_inset Graphics
38588 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38589 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38590 rotateOrigin center
38599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38605 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38606 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38613 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38618 \begin_inset Graphics
38619 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38620 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38621 rotateOrigin center
38630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38636 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38643 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38648 \begin_inset Graphics
38649 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38650 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38651 rotateOrigin center
38660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38666 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38667 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38681 \begin_layout Subsection
38685 \begin_layout Standard
38686 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38687 \begin_inset space ~
38691 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38693 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38697 , the table toolbar
38698 \begin_inset Index idx
38701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38711 manual, the math macro toolbar
38712 \begin_inset Index idx
38715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38728 \begin_layout Chapter
38729 The Document Settings
38730 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38732 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38737 \begin_inset Index idx
38740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38741 Document ! Settings
38749 \begin_layout Standard
38750 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
38751 whole document and is called with the menu
38753 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38757 You can save your document settings as default with th
38759 e Save as Document Defaults
38761 button in the dialog.
38762 This will create a template name
38770 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
38774 \begin_layout Standard
38775 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
38778 \begin_layout Section
38782 \begin_layout Standard
38783 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
38785 Document classes are described in section
38786 \begin_inset space ~
38790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38792 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
38797 Some classes use some class options by default.
38798 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
38802 and you can decide to use them or not.
38803 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
38804 recommended not to touch them.
38805 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
38811 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
38812 It is recommended to use the default unless you know what you are doing.
38816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38817 When you want one of the following drivers
38818 \begin_inset Newline newline
38821 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
38822 \begin_inset Newline newline
38825 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
38826 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38830 \begin_inset CommandInset href
38832 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
38844 \begin_layout Standard
38845 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
38846 child or subdocument.
38847 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
38848 without its master.
38849 This way child documents are always compileable.
38850 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
38861 \begin_layout Section
38865 \begin_layout Standard
38866 Modules are explained in section
38867 \begin_inset space ~
38871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38873 reference "sub:Modules"
38880 \begin_layout Section
38884 \begin_layout Standard
38885 The document font settings are described in section
38886 \begin_inset space ~
38890 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38892 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
38899 \begin_layout Section
38903 \begin_layout Standard
38904 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
38906 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
38910 \begin_layout Standard
38911 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
38912 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
38913 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
38916 \begin_layout Standard
38917 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
38925 \begin_layout Section
38929 \begin_layout Standard
38930 A description of this menu is given in section
38931 \begin_inset space ~
38935 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38937 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
38942 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38944 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
38951 \begin_layout Section
38955 \begin_layout Standard
38956 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
38957 \begin_inset space ~
38961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38963 reference "sub:Margins"
38970 \begin_layout Section
38972 \begin_inset Index idx
38975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38976 Language ! Encoding
38984 \begin_layout Standard
38985 The document language and quote styles are set here.
38986 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
38987 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
38988 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
38989 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
38990 known for a particular character).
38994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38995 The known commands are defined in a text file.
38996 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39001 manual for details.
39009 \begin_layout Standard
39010 If you use the option
39014 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39015 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39016 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39017 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39018 exactly one encoding.
39019 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39028 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39029 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39031 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39032 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39046 \begin_layout Standard
39047 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39048 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39049 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39050 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39051 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39052 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39057 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39058 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39059 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39062 \begin_layout Standard
39063 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39066 \begin_layout Description
39068 \begin_inset space ~
39072 \begin_inset space ~
39076 \begin_inset space ~
39083 , but the LaTeX-package
39088 \begin_inset Index idx
39091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39092 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39098 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39099 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39100 languages in TeX code.
39103 \begin_layout Description
39104 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39105 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39106 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39109 \begin_layout Description
39111 \begin_inset space ~
39115 \begin_inset space ~
39118 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39121 \begin_layout Description
39123 \begin_inset space ~
39127 \begin_inset space ~
39130 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39133 \begin_layout Description
39135 \begin_inset space ~
39138 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39141 \begin_layout Description
39143 \begin_inset space ~
39147 \begin_inset space ~
39150 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39151 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39154 \begin_layout Description
39156 \begin_inset space ~
39160 \begin_inset space ~
39163 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39167 \begin_layout Description
39169 \begin_inset space ~
39173 \begin_inset space ~
39176 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39177 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39180 \begin_layout Description
39182 \begin_inset space ~
39186 \begin_inset space ~
39190 \begin_inset space ~
39193 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39194 \begin_inset space ~
39200 \begin_layout Description
39202 \begin_inset space ~
39206 \begin_inset space ~
39210 \begin_inset space ~
39213 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39214 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39217 \begin_layout Description
39219 \begin_inset space ~
39223 \begin_inset space ~
39226 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39227 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39228 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39229 \begin_inset space ~
39233 \begin_inset space ~
39239 \begin_layout Description
39241 \begin_inset space ~
39245 \begin_inset space ~
39248 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39249 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39250 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39251 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39252 \begin_inset space ~
39256 \begin_inset space ~
39262 \begin_layout Description
39264 \begin_inset space ~
39268 \begin_inset space ~
39271 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39274 \begin_layout Description
39276 \begin_inset space ~
39280 \begin_inset space ~
39283 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39286 \begin_layout Description
39288 \begin_inset space ~
39292 \begin_inset space ~
39295 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39298 \begin_layout Description
39300 \begin_inset space ~
39303 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39306 \begin_layout Description
39308 \begin_inset space ~
39311 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39314 \begin_layout Description
39316 \begin_inset space ~
39320 \begin_inset space ~
39323 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39326 \begin_layout Description
39328 \begin_inset space ~
39332 \begin_inset space ~
39338 \begin_layout Description
39340 \begin_inset space ~
39344 \begin_inset space ~
39347 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39350 \begin_layout Description
39352 \begin_inset space ~
39356 \begin_inset space ~
39362 \begin_layout Description
39364 \begin_inset space ~
39368 \begin_inset space ~
39371 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39376 \begin_inset Index idx
39379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39380 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39385 , when using this, set the document language to
39390 \begin_layout Description
39392 \begin_inset space ~
39396 \begin_inset space ~
39399 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39403 , when using this, set the document language to
39408 \begin_layout Description
39410 \begin_inset space ~
39414 \begin_inset space ~
39417 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39422 \begin_inset Index idx
39425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39426 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39431 , when using this, set the document language to
39436 \begin_layout Description
39438 \begin_inset space ~
39442 \begin_inset space ~
39445 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39449 , when using this, set the document language to
39454 \begin_layout Description
39456 \begin_inset space ~
39460 \begin_inset space ~
39463 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39467 , when using this, set the document language to
39472 \begin_layout Description
39474 \begin_inset space ~
39477 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39480 \begin_layout Description
39482 \begin_inset space ~
39486 \begin_inset space ~
39490 \begin_inset space ~
39493 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39496 \begin_layout Description
39498 \begin_inset space ~
39502 \begin_inset space ~
39506 \begin_inset space ~
39509 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39510 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39511 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
39514 \begin_layout Description
39516 \begin_inset space ~
39520 \begin_inset space ~
39526 \begin_layout Description
39528 \begin_inset space ~
39532 \begin_inset space ~
39535 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
39536 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
39539 \begin_layout Description
39541 \begin_inset space ~
39545 \begin_inset space ~
39548 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
39553 \begin_inset Index idx
39556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39557 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39562 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
39565 \begin_layout Description
39567 \begin_inset space ~
39571 \begin_inset space ~
39574 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
39578 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
39586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39587 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39588 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39602 \begin_layout Description
39604 \begin_inset space ~
39608 \begin_inset space ~
39611 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
39616 \begin_inset Index idx
39619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39620 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
39625 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
39628 \begin_layout Description
39630 \begin_inset space ~
39633 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
39638 \begin_inset Index idx
39641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39642 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39648 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
39652 \begin_layout Description
39654 \begin_inset space ~
39658 \begin_inset space ~
39662 \begin_inset space ~
39665 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
39666 \begin_inset space ~
39672 \begin_layout Description
39674 \begin_inset space ~
39678 \begin_inset space ~
39682 \begin_inset space ~
39685 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
39686 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
39687 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
39691 \begin_layout Description
39693 \begin_inset space ~
39697 \begin_inset space ~
39701 \begin_inset space ~
39704 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
39705 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
39708 \begin_layout Section
39712 \begin_layout Standard
39713 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
39715 \begin_inset space ~
39719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39721 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
39728 \begin_layout Section
39732 \begin_layout Standard
39733 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
39738 \begin_inset Index idx
39741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39742 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
39752 \begin_inset Index idx
39755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39756 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
39762 For a further description see section
39763 \begin_inset space ~
39767 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39769 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39776 \begin_layout Section
39780 \begin_layout Standard
39781 The PDF properties are explained in section
39782 \begin_inset space ~
39786 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39788 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
39795 \begin_layout Section
39799 \begin_layout Standard
39800 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
39805 \begin_inset Index idx
39808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39809 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
39819 \begin_inset Index idx
39822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39823 LaTeX-packages ! esint
39828 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
39831 \begin_layout Standard
39836 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
39837 assure that you have enabled AMS.
39840 \begin_layout Standard
39845 is used for special integral characters.
39848 \begin_layout Section
39852 \begin_layout Standard
39853 The float placement options are described in section
39854 \begin_inset space ~
39858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39860 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
39867 \begin_layout Section
39871 \begin_layout Standard
39872 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
39873 The itemize environment is described in section
39874 \begin_inset space ~
39878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39880 reference "sec:Itemize"
39887 \begin_layout Section
39891 \begin_layout Standard
39892 Branches are described in section
39893 \begin_inset space ~
39897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39899 reference "sec:Branches"
39906 \begin_layout Section
39911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39921 \begin_layout Standard
39922 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
39923 to define LaTeX-commands.
39924 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
39925 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
39929 \begin_layout Standard
39930 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
39931 \begin_inset space ~
39935 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39937 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
39944 \begin_layout Chapter
39950 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39952 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39957 \begin_inset Index idx
39960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39969 \begin_layout Standard
39970 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
39972 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39976 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39979 \begin_layout Section
39983 \begin_layout Subsection
39987 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39988 User Interface File
39989 \begin_inset Index idx
39992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39993 Customization ! of toolbars
39999 \begin_inset Index idx
40002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40003 Customization ! of menus
40011 \begin_layout Standard
40012 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40020 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40029 \begin_layout Standard
40030 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
40031 interface (ui) file.
40032 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40033 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40042 Both files are loaded by the
40047 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40048 files and edit the entries.
40051 \begin_layout Standard
40052 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40064 entries must be ended with an explicit
40089 and in the case of the
40090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40102 The syntax for the entries is:
40105 \begin_layout Standard
40106 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40134 \begin_layout Standard
40136 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40139 All LyX-functions are listed in
40140 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40149 \begin_layout Standard
40150 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40156 \begin_layout Standard
40157 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40159 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40162 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40166 \begin_layout Standard
40167 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40172 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
40175 \begin_layout Standard
40177 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40180 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40183 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40187 \begin_layout Standard
40190 Enable tool tips in main work area
40192 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40196 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40200 \begin_layout Standard
40204 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40208 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40211 restoring of window layout and geometries
40213 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40214 in the last LyX session.
40217 \begin_layout Standard
40220 Restore cursor positions
40222 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40226 \begin_layout Standard
40229 Load opened files from last session
40231 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40234 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40236 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40238 name "sub:Backup documents"
40243 \begin_inset Index idx
40246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40255 \begin_layout Standard
40260 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40263 \begin_layout Standard
40268 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40271 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40273 \begin_inset space ~
40281 \begin_layout Standard
40284 Open documents in tabs
40286 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40290 \begin_layout Subsection
40292 \begin_inset Index idx
40295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40302 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40304 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40311 \begin_layout Standard
40312 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40315 \begin_layout Standard
40316 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40324 This section only deals with the fonts
40329 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40332 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40333 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40344 \begin_layout Standard
40345 By default, LyX uses
40349 as roman (serif) font,
40357 (depends on the system) as
40360 \begin_inset space ~
40376 \begin_layout Standard
40377 You can change the font size with the
40382 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40383 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40386 \begin_layout Standard
40391 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40392 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40394 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40397 points have the size of 1
40398 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40402 \begin_inset space ~
40406 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40408 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40415 \begin_layout Standard
40420 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40421 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40425 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40426 \begin_inset space ~
40430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40432 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40439 \begin_layout Standard
40442 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40444 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40445 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40446 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40447 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40449 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40450 \begin_inset space ~
40456 \begin_layout Subsection
40458 \begin_inset Index idx
40461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40468 \begin_inset Index idx
40471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40480 \begin_layout Standard
40481 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
40482 Choose an item in the list and use the
40489 \begin_layout Subsection
40491 \begin_inset Index idx
40494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40495 Settings ! Graphics
40503 \begin_layout Standard
40504 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40507 \begin_layout Standard
40512 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40513 This feature is described in section
40514 \begin_inset space ~
40518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40520 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40527 \begin_layout Section
40529 \begin_inset Index idx
40532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40541 \begin_layout Subsection
40545 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40549 \begin_layout Standard
40552 Cursor follows scrollbar
40554 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40558 \begin_layout Standard
40561 Sort environments alphabetically
40563 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40566 \begin_layout Standard
40569 Group environments by their category
40571 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40574 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40578 \begin_layout Standard
40579 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40584 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40585 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40589 \begin_layout Subsection
40591 \begin_inset Index idx
40594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40601 \begin_inset Index idx
40604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40605 Settings ! Shortcuts
40613 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40617 \begin_layout Standard
40618 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
40619 Several binding files are available:
40622 \begin_layout Description
40623 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
40626 \begin_layout Description
40627 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
40638 \begin_layout Description
40639 mac.bind set of bindings for
40642 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40650 \begin_layout Standard
40651 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
40655 , and bind files for special languages.
40656 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
40657 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40661 \begin_inset space \space{}
40665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40673 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
40677 \begin_layout Standard
40678 Some bind-files, like
40682 , have only a small scope.
40683 When looking at the the end of the file
40687 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
40690 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40692 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40694 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
40699 \begin_inset Index idx
40702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40703 Key Bindings ! Editing
40711 \begin_layout Standard
40712 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
40713 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
40714 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
40717 Show key-bindings containing
40720 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
40721 Insert there for example as keyword
40722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40729 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
40731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40739 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
40740 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
40744 that you find in the
40751 \begin_layout Standard
40753 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40757 \begin_inset space \space{}
40768 , select the function and press the
40773 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
40774 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
40775 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
40776 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
40777 binding and adding the different function names as semicolon separated
40779 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
40781 The binding for the function
40785 is an example for this.
40788 \begin_layout Standard
40789 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
40791 The syntax of the entries is:
40794 \begin_layout Standard
40800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40818 \begin_layout Subsection
40820 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40824 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40830 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40835 \begin_inset Index idx
40838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40845 \begin_inset Index idx
40848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40849 Settings ! Keyboard Map
40857 \begin_layout Standard
40858 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
40859 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
40861 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40865 \begin_inset space \space{}
40868 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
40869 can use the keyboard map file named
40876 \begin_layout Standard
40877 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40885 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
40893 \begin_layout Standard
40894 Besides this, you can specify here the
40896 Wheel scrolling speed
40899 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
40903 \begin_layout Subsection
40905 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40907 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
40912 \begin_inset Index idx
40915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40924 \begin_layout Standard
40925 Input completion is described in sec.
40926 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40930 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40932 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
40937 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
40939 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
40940 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
40944 \begin_layout Section
40946 \begin_inset Index idx
40949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40956 \begin_inset Index idx
40959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40968 \begin_layout Description
40970 \begin_inset space ~
40973 directory This is LyX's working directory.
40974 It is the default when you
40985 \begin_inset space ~
40993 \begin_layout Description
40995 \begin_inset space ~
40998 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41000 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41002 \begin_inset space ~
41006 \begin_inset space ~
41014 \begin_layout Description
41016 \begin_inset space ~
41019 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41025 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41029 \begin_inset Newline newline
41033 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41045 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41053 \begin_layout Description
41055 \begin_inset space ~
41059 \begin_inset Index idx
41062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41068 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41069 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41070 \begin_inset space ~
41074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41076 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41084 will be used to save the backups.
41085 \begin_inset Newline newline
41088 The backup files have the ending
41089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41099 \begin_layout Description
41104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41111 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41112 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41113 \begin_inset Newline newline
41117 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41125 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41133 \begin_layout Description
41135 \begin_inset space ~
41138 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41141 \begin_layout Description
41143 \begin_inset space ~
41146 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41147 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41148 to find it on the system.
41149 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
41150 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41152 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41156 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41159 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41160 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41164 \begin_layout Section
41168 \begin_layout Standard
41169 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41170 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41172 \begin_inset space ~
41176 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41178 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41182 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41185 \begin_layout Section
41187 \begin_inset Index idx
41190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41191 Language ! Settings
41197 \begin_inset Index idx
41200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41201 Settings ! Language
41209 \begin_layout Subsection
41213 \begin_layout Description
41215 \begin_inset space ~
41219 \begin_inset space ~
41222 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41223 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41224 It works so far on Linux, but not for every language you can select here
41225 exists a translation of the LyX menus.
41226 You find the actual translation status here:
41227 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41229 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41230 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41237 \begin_layout Description
41239 \begin_inset space ~
41242 language is the language used in new documents
41245 \begin_layout Description
41247 \begin_inset space ~
41250 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41252 The default is the LaTeX-command
41258 that loads the package
41266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41267 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41268 \begin_inset space ~
41272 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41274 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41284 \begin_inset Newline newline
41291 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
41292 the document language.
41293 A text label is for instance the word
41294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41301 at the beginning of every table caption.
41304 \begin_layout Description
41306 \begin_inset space ~
41309 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41310 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41311 An example is the start command
41317 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41322 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41337 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41342 \begin_layout Description
41344 \begin_inset space ~
41352 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
41353 command toggles the package on and off.
41356 \begin_layout Description
41358 \begin_inset space ~
41368 \begin_layout Description
41369 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41370 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41371 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41372 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41379 \begin_layout Description
41381 \begin_inset space ~
41384 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41386 When this option is not set, the
41389 \begin_inset space ~
41394 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41395 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41398 \begin_inset space ~
41406 \begin_layout Description
41408 \begin_inset space ~
41414 \begin_inset space ~
41420 When it is not set, the
41423 \begin_inset space ~
41428 is set to the end of the document.
41431 \begin_layout Description
41433 \begin_inset space ~
41437 \begin_inset space ~
41440 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41441 language will be underlined blue.
41444 \begin_layout Description
41446 \begin_inset space ~
41450 \begin_inset space ~
41453 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
41454 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
41457 \begin_layout Description
41459 \begin_inset space ~
41462 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
41463 moves the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
41464 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
41465 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
41468 \begin_layout Subsection
41472 \begin_layout Standard
41473 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41474 \begin_inset space ~
41478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41480 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41487 \begin_layout Section
41491 \begin_layout Subsection
41493 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41500 \begin_inset Index idx
41503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41510 \begin_inset Index idx
41513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41522 \begin_layout Description
41524 \begin_inset space ~
41527 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
41528 The name will be used when the
41533 \begin_inset Newline newline
41537 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41545 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
41554 \begin_layout Description
41556 \begin_inset space ~
41560 \begin_inset space ~
41564 \begin_inset space ~
41567 printer This option works only for the
41572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41584 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41585 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41588 \begin_layout Description
41590 \begin_inset space ~
41593 command is the command LyX
41594 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41598 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41601 LaTeX uses for printing.
41602 The default is on most systems
41609 \begin_layout Description
41611 \begin_inset space ~
41615 \begin_inset space ~
41618 Options Here you can specify printer options.
41619 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
41620 of the program that provides the
41627 \begin_layout Subsection
41629 \begin_inset Index idx
41632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41639 \begin_inset Index idx
41642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41643 Settings ! Date format
41651 \begin_layout Standard
41652 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
41653 \begin_inset Newline newline
41657 \begin_inset Flex URL
41660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41662 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
41668 \begin_inset Newline newline
41671 For example the format
41672 \begin_inset Newline newline
41676 \begin_inset Newline newline
41679 prints the date as day/month/year.
41682 \begin_layout Subsection
41686 \begin_layout Description
41688 \begin_inset space ~
41692 \begin_inset space ~
41695 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
41698 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41699 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41701 \begin_inset space ~
41707 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
41711 \begin_layout Description
41713 \begin_inset space ~
41716 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
41721 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
41722 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
41725 \begin_layout Subsection
41730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41738 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41740 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41745 \begin_inset Index idx
41748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41757 \begin_layout Description
41762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41770 \begin_inset space ~
41773 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41778 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
41800 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
41801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41813 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41814 LyX sets up in the background.
41815 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41818 \begin_layout Description
41820 \begin_inset space ~
41824 \begin_inset space ~
41827 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41832 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41835 \begin_layout Standard
41836 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41837 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
41838 manuals of the applications.
41839 Currently the following commands can be set:
41842 \begin_layout Description
41847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41855 \begin_inset space ~
41858 command Command for the program
41862 that is described in section
41868 Additional Features
41873 \begin_layout Description
41878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41886 \begin_inset space ~
41889 command Command for the program
41893 that generates the bibliography, see section
41894 \begin_inset space ~
41898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41900 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
41907 \begin_layout Description
41909 \begin_inset space ~
41912 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
41913 \begin_inset space ~
41917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41919 reference "sub:Index-Program"
41926 \begin_layout Description
41928 \begin_inset space ~
41931 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
41932 \begin_inset space ~
41936 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41938 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
41945 \begin_layout Description
41947 \begin_inset space ~
41951 \begin_inset space ~
41955 \begin_inset space ~
41959 \begin_inset space ~
41962 options They only have an effect when the program
41966 is used as DVI-viewer.
41969 \begin_layout Standard
41970 There are additionally the following options:
41973 \begin_layout Description
41975 \begin_inset space ~
41979 \begin_inset space ~
41983 \begin_inset space ~
41987 \begin_inset space ~
41991 \begin_inset space ~
41994 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
41995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42012 to separate folders.
42013 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42014 \begin_inset Index idx
42017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42024 \begin_inset Index idx
42027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42036 \begin_layout Description
42038 \begin_inset space ~
42042 \begin_inset space ~
42046 \begin_inset space ~
42050 \begin_inset space ~
42054 \begin_inset space ~
42058 \begin_inset space ~
42061 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42063 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42066 dialog when changing the document class.
42069 \begin_layout Section
42071 \begin_inset space ~
42075 \begin_inset Index idx
42078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42087 \begin_layout Subsection
42089 \begin_inset Index idx
42092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42101 \begin_layout Standard
42102 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42103 from one format to another.
42104 You can modify them or create new ones.
42105 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42112 \begin_inset space ~
42122 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42126 \begin_inset space ~
42131 drop-down list, modify the
42135 field, and press the
42142 \begin_layout Standard
42145 Converter File Cache
42147 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42150 Maximum Age (in days
42153 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42154 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42157 \begin_layout Standard
42158 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42159 the converter definition, is described in section
42170 \begin_layout Subsection
42172 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42174 name "sec:File-Formats"
42179 \begin_inset Index idx
42182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42189 \begin_inset Index idx
42192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42201 \begin_layout Standard
42202 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42203 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42207 \begin_layout Standard
42208 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42209 is described in section
42220 \begin_layout Standard
42221 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42222 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42223 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42224 This is done by specifying a
42229 More about this is described in section
42240 \begin_layout Chapter
42241 Units available in LyX
42242 \begin_inset Index idx
42245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42252 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42254 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42261 \begin_layout Standard
42262 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42265 reference "cap:Units"
42269 explains all units available in LyX.
42272 \begin_layout Standard
42273 \begin_inset Float table
42279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42280 \begin_inset Caption
42282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42283 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42298 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42306 \begin_inset Tabular
42307 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42308 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
42309 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42310 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42406 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42410 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42434 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42438 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42461 scaled point (65536
42462 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42466 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42490 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42494 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42518 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42522 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
42526 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42550 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42554 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42577 % of original image width
42584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42766 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42770 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42791 \begin_layout Chapter
42793 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42802 \begin_layout Standard
42803 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
42804 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
42807 \begin_layout Itemize
42810 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
42813 \begin_layout Itemize
42819 \begin_layout Itemize
42825 \begin_layout Itemize
42831 \begin_layout Itemize
42837 \begin_layout Itemize
42843 \begin_layout Itemize
42849 \begin_layout Itemize
42855 \begin_layout Itemize
42858 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
42861 \begin_layout Itemize
42867 \begin_layout Itemize
42873 \begin_layout Itemize
42879 \begin_layout Itemize
42885 \begin_layout Itemize
42891 \begin_layout Itemize
42897 \begin_layout Itemize
42903 \begin_layout Itemize
42909 \begin_layout Itemize
42911 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42920 \begin_layout Standard
42921 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42924 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
42931 \begin_layout Bibliography
42932 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42933 LatexCommand bibitem
42940 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42943 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
42948 \begin_inset Newline newline
42952 \begin_inset Flex URL
42955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42957 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
42965 \begin_layout Bibliography
42966 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42967 LatexCommand bibitem
42968 key "latexcompanion"
42972 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
42974 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
42977 Addison-Wesley, 2004
42980 \begin_layout Bibliography
42981 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42982 LatexCommand bibitem
42987 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
42990 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
42993 Addison-Wesley, 2003
42996 \begin_layout Bibliography
42997 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42998 LatexCommand bibitem
43005 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43008 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43011 \begin_layout Bibliography
43012 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43013 LatexCommand bibitem
43025 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43028 \begin_layout Bibliography
43029 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43030 LatexCommand bibitem
43036 \begin_inset Newline newline
43040 \begin_inset Flex URL
43043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43045 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43053 \begin_layout Bibliography
43054 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43055 LatexCommand bibitem
43061 \begin_inset Newline newline
43065 \begin_inset Flex URL
43068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43070 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43078 \begin_layout Bibliography
43079 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43080 LatexCommand bibitem
43086 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43088 name "Documentation"
43089 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43098 \begin_inset Newline newline
43102 \begin_inset Flex URL
43105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43107 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43115 \begin_layout Bibliography
43116 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43117 LatexCommand bibitem
43123 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43125 name "Documentation"
43126 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43130 how to use the program
43135 \begin_inset Newline newline
43139 \begin_inset Flex URL
43142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43144 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43152 \begin_layout Bibliography
43153 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43154 LatexCommand bibitem
43160 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43162 name "Documentation"
43163 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43172 \begin_inset Newline newline
43176 \begin_inset Flex URL
43179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43181 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43189 \begin_layout Bibliography
43190 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43191 LatexCommand bibitem
43197 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43199 name "Documentation"
43200 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43209 \begin_inset Newline newline
43213 \begin_inset Flex URL
43216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43218 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43226 \begin_layout Bibliography
43227 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43228 LatexCommand bibitem
43234 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43236 name "Documentation"
43237 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43241 of the LaTeX-package
43246 \begin_inset Index idx
43249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43250 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43256 \begin_inset Newline newline
43260 \begin_inset Flex URL
43263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43265 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43273 \begin_layout Bibliography
43274 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43275 LatexCommand bibitem
43281 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43283 name "Documentation"
43284 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43288 of the LaTeX-package
43293 \begin_inset Index idx
43296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43297 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
43303 \begin_inset Newline newline
43307 \begin_inset Flex URL
43310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43312 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
43320 \begin_layout Bibliography
43321 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43322 LatexCommand bibitem
43330 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43332 name "Documentation"
43333 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
43339 of the LaTeX-package
43344 \begin_inset Index idx
43347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43348 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43354 \begin_inset Newline newline
43358 \begin_inset Flex URL
43361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43363 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
43371 \begin_layout Bibliography
43372 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43373 LatexCommand bibitem
43379 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43381 name "Documentation"
43382 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
43386 of the LaTeX-package
43391 \begin_inset Index idx
43394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43395 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
43401 \begin_inset Newline newline
43405 \begin_inset Flex URL
43408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43410 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
43418 \begin_layout Bibliography
43419 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43420 LatexCommand bibitem
43426 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43428 name "Documentation"
43429 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43433 of the LaTeX-package
43438 \begin_inset Index idx
43441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43442 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43448 \begin_inset Newline newline
43452 \begin_inset Flex URL
43455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43457 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
43465 \begin_layout Bibliography
43466 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43467 LatexCommand bibitem
43473 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43475 name "Documentation"
43476 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
43480 of the LaTeX-package
43485 \begin_inset Index idx
43488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43489 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
43495 \begin_inset Newline newline
43499 \begin_inset Flex URL
43502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43504 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
43512 \begin_layout Bibliography
43513 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43514 LatexCommand bibitem
43520 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43523 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
43527 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
43528 \begin_inset Newline newline
43532 \begin_inset Flex URL
43535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43537 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
43545 \begin_layout Bibliography
43546 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43547 LatexCommand bibitem
43553 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43556 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
43560 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
43561 \begin_inset Newline newline
43565 \begin_inset Flex URL
43568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43570 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
43578 \begin_layout Bibliography
43579 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43580 LatexCommand bibitem
43586 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43589 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
43593 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
43594 \begin_inset Newline newline
43598 \begin_inset Flex URL
43601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43603 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
43611 \begin_layout Bibliography
43612 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43613 LatexCommand bibitem
43619 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43622 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
43626 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
43627 \begin_inset Newline newline
43631 \begin_inset Flex URL
43634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43636 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
43644 \begin_layout Bibliography
43645 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43646 LatexCommand bibitem
43652 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43655 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
43659 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
43660 \begin_inset Newline newline
43664 \begin_inset Flex URL
43667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43669 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
43677 \begin_layout Bibliography
43678 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43679 LatexCommand bibitem
43685 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43688 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
43692 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
43693 \begin_inset Newline newline
43697 \begin_inset Flex URL
43700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43702 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
43710 \begin_layout Bibliography
43711 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43712 LatexCommand bibitem
43718 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43721 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
43725 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
43726 \begin_inset Newline newline
43730 \begin_inset Flex URL
43733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43735 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
43743 \begin_layout Bibliography
43744 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43745 LatexCommand bibitem
43751 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43754 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
43758 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
43759 \begin_inset Newline newline
43763 \begin_inset Flex URL
43766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43768 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
43776 \begin_layout Bibliography
43777 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43778 LatexCommand bibitem
43784 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43787 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
43791 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
43792 \begin_inset Newline newline
43796 \begin_inset Flex URL
43799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43801 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
43809 \begin_layout Bibliography
43810 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43811 LatexCommand bibitem
43817 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43820 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
43824 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
43825 \begin_inset Newline newline
43829 \begin_inset Flex URL
43832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43834 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
43842 \begin_layout Bibliography
43843 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43844 LatexCommand bibitem
43850 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43853 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
43857 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
43858 \begin_inset Newline newline
43862 \begin_inset Flex URL
43865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43867 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
43875 \begin_layout Bibliography
43876 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43877 LatexCommand bibitem
43883 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43886 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
43890 about new features in
43895 \begin_inset Newline newline
43899 \begin_inset Flex URL
43902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43904 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
43912 \begin_layout Standard
43913 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43947 \begin_inset Note Note
43950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43957 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
43958 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
43959 bibliography is the second one:
43967 \begin_layout Standard
43968 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
43969 LatexCommand bibtex
43970 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
43971 options "biblio/alphadin"
43978 \begin_layout Standard
43979 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
43982 \begin_layout Standard
43985 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
43986 LatexCommand printnomenclature
43992 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
43993 LatexCommand printindex